Skip to main content

Full text of "A Treatise on the particular examen of conscience according to the method of St. Ignatius"

See other formats


ST.  JOSEPH'S  ASCETICAL  LIBRARY. 

EDITED  BY  FATHERS  S.J. 


NO.  VII. 


A  TREATISE  ON  THE  PARTICULAR  EXAMEN 
OF  CONSCIENCE. 


K»KH  AMI-TON  : 

>    \:\    J\M1S    STAXI.KV. 


A  TREATISE 

ON    THE 

Particular  €ramen  of  Conscience, 

ACCORDING    TO    THE    METHOD 

OF 

ST.   IGNATIUS. 


FATHER  LUIS  DE  LA   PALM  A, 

Of  the  Society  of  Jesus. 
AUTHOR  OF  THE  "  HISTORY  OF  THE  SACRED  PASSION." 


JBitfj  Preface  ftp 
FATHER  GEORGE   PORTER,  SJ. 


LONDON:     BURNS   AND    OATES. 
1873. 


JUN  12  1952 


PREFACE. 


THE  Treatise  on  the  Particular  Examen  of 
Conscience,  by  Father  Luis  de  la  Palma, 
of  the  Society  of  Jesus,  fully  explains  the 
nature  and  the  use  of  this  Spiritual  Exercise, 
as  it  was  taught  by  St.  Ignatius  in  his  book  of 
the  Exercises. 

Since  the  time  of  St.  Ignatius,  the  Particular 
Examen  has  been  adopted  to  a  considerable 
extent,  both  by  Religious  and  by  persons  in 
the  world,  aspiring  to  perfection,  and,  very 
generally,  by  the  active  Orders  which  have 
sprung  up  since  the  time  of  the  first  French 
Revolution. 

It  was  to  be  expected  that  the  nature  and 
true  object  of  the  Particular  Examen  would  be 
often  misunderstood,  and  sometimes,  the  name 
was  given  to  an  Exercise,  as  unlike  the  Parti 
cular  Examen  of  St.  Ignatius  as  anything  that 
could  be  imagined. 

Instances  are  not  wanting,  in  which  Religious, 
making  the  General  Examination  of  Conscience 


VI  PREFACE. 

at  midday  and  in  the  evening,  were  instructed 
to  write  down  all  the  faults  of  the  morning 
and  the  afternoon,  and  taught  to  consider  such 
noting  down  as  the  Particular  Examen. 

A  more  frequent  mistake  in  the  use  of  the 
Particular  Examen  is  the  attempting  to  cover 
too  much  ground.  How  often  are  Novices 
found  who  make  Humility  the  subject  of  their 
Particular  Examen,  or  Conformity  to  the  will 
of  God,  or  Charity  ?  It  is  of  the  very  essence 
of  the  Particular  Examen,  that  the  subject- 
matter  should  be  limited  and  narrowed  and 
made  as  definite  as  possible.  Not  Humility 
in  general,  but  Humility  in  action  or  in  word, 
and  that  under  some  well-defined  circumstances, 
v.g.,  in  word,  in  speaking  to  one's  equals,  or  to 
one  particular  person  ;  not  Conformity  to  the 
will  of  God  in  general,  but  Conformity  to  the 
will  of  God  in  the  matter  of  health,  or  in  one's 
occupations,  or  in  one's  Superiors  ;  not  Charity 
in  general,  but  Charity  towards  such  a  one,  in 
word,  never  blaming  him  or  finding  fault  with 
him — these  are  fitting  subjects  for  the  Particular 
Examen. 

Humility  in  general,  or  Conformity  in  general, 
or  Charity  in  general,  are  as  little  suited  for  the 
subject  of  the  Particular  Examen  as  Christianity 
in  general  or  Virtue  in  general.  The  efficacy 
of  the  Particular  Examen  lies  in  the  selection 


PREFACE.  Vll 

of  a  definite,  limited  object,  and  in  the  exercise 
of  watchfulness  over  self,  self-examination,  con 
stancy  in  purpose,  frequent  renewal  of  one's 
resolution  on  this  definite  object.  Happy  should 
we  be  if  we  could  extend  to  the  whole  field 
of  our  daily  spiritual  life  this  care  and  thought, 
but  human  nature  is  not  capable  of  bearing 
such  a  strain,  and  therefore  it  is  only  attempted 
where  it  can  be  easily  endured. 

For  the  same  reason,  experienced  masters  in 
spiritual  life  teach  us  to  select  for  the  Particular 
Examen  such  acts  of  virtue  or  such  faults  as 
may  be  seen  outwardly.  Merely  internal  acts 
more  easily  escape  notice,  and  the  soul  is 
harassed  in  endeavouring  to  follow  them. 
Advancement  in  virtue  is  rendered  more  easy 
when  the  attention  is  directed  to  the  outward 
action,  and  it  is  traced  up  to  its  source  and 
origin. 

To  make  this  subdivision  more  intelligible 
we  will  subjoin  some  examples,  taken  from 
Nepveu's  Spirit  of  Christianity  (vide  Appendix, 

P-  J33). 

Lastly,  a  word  may  be  addressed  to  that 
large  body  of  pious  persons  who  shrink  from 
the  use  of  the  Particular  Examen,  complain 
that  it  is  irksome,  and  say  that  they  find  no 
matter  on  which  to  exercise  it.  Those  who 
speak  thus  are  for  the  most  part  persons  of  a 


Vlll  PREFACE. 

good  natural  disposition,  of  an  even  tempera 
ment,  freed  from  any  dangerous  external 
temptations,  and  not  tried  by  any  very  arduous 
duties.  They  feel  no  special  attraction  to  fight 
their  way  to  exalted  perfection ;  they  avoid 
any  deliberate  faults ;  their  days  are  filled  by 
a  succession  of  duties,  and  they  hope  to  end 
their  lives  in  the  same  smooth  and  tranquil 
course. 

It  cannot  be  denied  that  there  are,  especially 
in  inclosed  Orders,  many  whose  natural  dis 
positions,  innocence  of  lives,  and  habits  of 
industry,  protect  them  from  serious  dangers, 
and  render  Religious  life  sweet  and  easy  to' 
them.  They  encounter  no  particular  difficulties, 
they  are  not  exposed  to  any  particular  trials, 
they  may,  without  peril  to  their  perseverance, 
leave  on  one  side  this  Exercise  of  the  Particular 
Examen,  or  any  other  corresponding  to  it. 
But  those  whose  vocation  engages  them  in  the 
active  service  of  their  neighbours,  who  may 
expect  to  see  their  Superiors  frequently  changed, 
who  may  be  removed  themselves  from  place 
to  place,  from  one  duty  to  another,  who  are 
tempted  by  so  many  distractions,  and  sur 
rounded  by  so  many  occasions  of  sin,  who,  in 
one  word,  are  called  to  live  in  the  world  and 
not  be  of  the  world,  must  aspire  to  solid  virtues, 
virtues  deeply  rooted  in  the  understanding  and 


PREFACE.  IX 

in  the  heart,  virtues  strengthened  by  habits 
of  self-examination  and  strict  discipline,  virtues, 
in  fine,  acquired  either  by  the  Particular  Ex- 
amen  or  some  similar  spiritual  exercise.  Virtues 
which  rest  on  a  less  solid  foundation,  which 
appear  to  be  strong  till  they  are  put  to  the 
test,  virtues  which  survive  as  long  as  everything 
around  us  favours  goodness,  virtues  which  are 
found  wanting  in  the  first  shock  of  real  temp 
tation,  will  not  carry  the  Religious  of  active 
Orders  through  the  difficulties  of  their  calling. 
Here  is  the  secret  of  many  wretched  apostacies, 
of  vocations  abandoned,  of  falling  away  from 
first  fervour,  of  the  prime  of  life — perhaps  of 
old  age — wasted  in  tepidity  and  uselessness. 
The  cost  of  the  spiritual  edifice  had  not  been 
carefully  calculated  ;  the  foundations  were  not 
laid  deep  and  broad ;  the  irksomeness  of  con 
stant  vigilance,  of  unceasing  efforts  to  bring 
the  natural  man  into  subjection  to  the  spiritual 
man,  was  thought  too  great :  and  "  the  rain 
fell,  and  the  floods  came,  and  the  winds  blew, 
and  they  beat  upon  that  house,  and  it  fell,  and 
great  was  the  ruin  thereof."*  Tantum  proficies 
quantum  tibi  ipse  vim  intuleris^ — "  In  propor 
tion  as  thou  dost  violence  to  thyself,  the  greater 
progress  wilt  thou  make."  Or  as  St.  Ignatius 

*  St.  Matt.  vii.  27.  t  Imit.  Christy  cap.  xxv.,  n.  n. 


X  PREFACE. 

expresses  the  same  in  his  book  of  the  Exercises,* 
"  Let  every  one  reflect  that  he  will  make  pro 
gress  in  spiritual  life,  in  proportion  as  he  divests 
himself  of  self-love,  of  self-will,  and  of  self- 
interest" — Cogitet  enim  unusquisquc,  tantum  se 
profectum  facturum  esse  in  omnibus  rebus  spiritu- 
alibus,  quantum  exiverit  a  proprio  suo  amore,  a 
propria  voluntate  et  commoditate  propria. 

*  Hebd.  ii.,  De  Reformatione  Vitae.  Versio  autog. 


CONTENTS. 


Page 

PREFACE  v 


Ck&p. 

I.  What  the  Particular    Examen    consists    in.      Its 

difficulties I 

II.  From  what  causes  the  neglect  of  this  Examen  arises       10 

III.  The  form  or  method  of  this  Examen,  beginning 

with  the  resolve  to  be  made  on  rising .         .         .19 

IV.  On  the  qualities  requisite  for  a  good  purpose  .         .       34 
V.  Of  two  other  qualities  of  a  good  resolution     .         .       40 

VI.  Of  the  care  we  are  to  take  to  put  our  morning 

resolution  into  practice 45 

VII.  Of  the  times  of  this  Examen,  and  the  four  additions 

concerning  it 56 

VIII.  The  efficacy  of  this  Examen 62 

IX.  The  matter  of  the  Particular  Examen      ...  69 

X.  Reply  to  certain  objections  to  the  above         .        .  75 
XI.  The  manner  and  order  of  choosing  the  matter  of 

the  Particular  Examen Si 

XII.  Further  instructions  on  the  same  subject         .        .  86 
XIII.  Examples  of  each  vice  to  illustrate  the  division  of 

the  Examen 90 


Xli  CONTENTS. 

Chap. 
XIV.  Of  the  subject-matter  of  the  Particular  Examen 

for    such    as  are  troubled   with   no  vice   in 

particular IOO 

XV.  The  matter  of  the  Particular  Examen  for  beginners  102 

XVI .  The  matter  of  the  Particular  Examen  for  proficients  108 
XVII.  The  matter  of  the  Particular  Examen  for  the 

perfect 113 

XVIII.  Formula  of  certain  meditations  helping  on  this 

Examen 115 

XIX.  The  end  of  this  Examen 122 

XX.  For  whom  is  this  Examen  suited  ?  128 

APPENDIX. 

Defects  contrary  to  humility 133 

Defects  contrary  to  meekness  .        .         .        .        .        •  J35 

Various  acts  of  contempt  of  the  world       ....  137 

Various  acts  of  mortification 139 


TREATISE   ON  THE   PARTICULAR 
EXAMEN  OF  CONSCIENCE. 

CHAPTER    I. 

WHAT   THE    PARTICULAR    EXAMEN    CONSISTS    IN. 
ITS    DIFFICULTIES. 

OUR    holy     Father    St.    Ignatius    explains    the 
Particular  Examen  at  the  commencement  of 
the  Book  of  Exercises  in  the  following  words — 

The  Particular  and  daily  Examen,  comprising  three 
times,  adapted  to  rightly  disposing  ourselves,  and 
including  a  twofold  examination. 

The  first  time  is  in  the  morning,  when  one,  imme 
diately  on  rising  from  rest,  should  resolve  to  watch 
himself  in  regard  of  some  sin,  or  special  particular 
fault,  of  which  he  wishes  to  cure  himself. 

The  second  time  is  at  noon,  when  one  must  ask 
grace  from  God  to  remember  the  number  of  times 
into  which  he  has  fallen  into  that  sin  or  particular 
fault,  and  to  guard  against  it  for  the  future.  Then  he 
makes  his  first  examination,  requiring  an  account 

B 


2      What  the  Particular  Examen  consists  in. 

from  his  soul  regarding  the  said  sin  or  fault,  how 
often  he  has  committed  it  through  the  several  parts  of 
the  day  from  the  hour  of  rising  down  to  the  hour  of 
this  exercise :  afterwards  he  marks  as  many  points  in 
the  uppermost  line  of  the  annexed  table.  This  being 
done,  he  once  more  resolves  to  guard  himself  with 
greater  diligence  through  the  remainder  of  the  day. 

The  third  time  is  at  night,  after  supper  -,  the  second 
examination  ought  to  be  made  through  the  several 
hours  of  the  day,  from  the  former  examination  down 
to  the  present;  and  in  the  same  manner,  having 
recalled  and  counted  the  number  of  times  one  has 
fallen,  he  will  make  an  equal  number  of  marks  on  the 
second  line  of  a  table  like  the  annexed  one  prepared 
for  the  purpose — 


D" 
d~ 
d" 
d- 

d" 
d 


Its  Difficulties.  3 

Though  we  find  some  maxims  respecting  such  an 
Examen  in  the  holy  Fathers,  and  even  in  the  Pagan 
philosophers,  no  one  ever  propounded  this  practice 
under  the  name  of  the  Particular  Examen,  and  no 
one  ever  suggested  the  observations  made  by  St. 
Ignatius.  Hence  the  Particular  Examen  may  be  con 
sidered  as  peculiar  to  the  Society,  and  we  may  believe 
it  was  suggested  to  her  Founder  by  the  Holy  Ghost, 
Who  is  believed  to  have  dictated  the  Constitutions, 
and  inspired  the  Exercises  as  a  means  to  the  perfect 
observance  of  the  Constitutions. 

Following  the  footsteps  of  our  holy  Founder,  we 
may  define,  or  rather  describe,  the  Particular  Examen 
in  the  following  manner — 

The  Particular  Examen  is  a  spiritual  contest  against 
some  particular  fault,  and  comprises  a  purpose  not  to 
fall,  an  anxious  desire  to  keep  this  purpose,  an  exami 
nation  whether  we  have  fallen,  and  a  comparison 
between  different  intervals  (times),  that  we  may  dis 
cover  whether  any  correction  has  been  obtained,  and 
to  what  extent,  and  that  in  this  manner  the  fault  which 
mdst  hinders  us  may  be  thoroughly  uprooted,  and  the 
virtue  we  stand  in  need  of  be  implanted  in  our  hearts. 

This  exercise  is  suited  to  every  description  of 
persons,  and  to  all  seasons  and  times. 

The  preceding  description  gives  us  the  nature  of 
the  Particular  Examen :  it  is  a  spiritual  struggle  or 
contest ;  and  it  assigns  the  causes  of  the  exercise,  the 
material  cause,  the  formal  cause,  the  final  or  motive 
cause,  and  lastly,  the  efficient  cause. 

The  matter  is  some  particular  fault  from  which  our 
chief  difficulties  arise;  or  virtue  opposed  to  it,  the 
B  2 


4      WJiat  tlic  Particular  Ex  amen  consists  in. 

virtue  we  most  require.  The  form  includes  the  reso 
lution  we  made  in  the  morning  respecting  the  said 
fault  or  virtue  ;  a  special  watchfulness  throughout  the 
day  not  to  fall  into  this  fault,  or  to  perform  a  certain 
number  of  acts  of  the  opposite  virtue ;  a  self- 
examination  at  noon  and  at  night  whether  we  have 
fallen  into  the  fault  or  exercised  the  virtue;  a  com 
parison  of  periods  of  time,  so  that  we  may  ascertain 
our  gain  or  our  loss. 

The  end  is  the  extirpation  of  this  fault,  or  the 
acquisition  of  the  opposite  virtue.  Lastly,  the  efficient 
cause  is  any  human  being,  zealous  for  his  advance 
ment  in  virtue,  who  will  devote  himself  to  this 
exercise. 

I  propose  now  to  enter  into  all  these  points  more 
in  detail.  May  God  grant  grace  to  my  words,  that  I 
may  do  justice  to  the  value  of  this  valuable  exercise, 
and  may  induce  my  readers  to  undertake  it  in  great 
earnestness,  if  they  really  desire  to  advance  in  the 
way  of  perfection. 

In  the  first  place,  it  must  be  borne  in  mind  that 
this  Examen  is  a  contest  against  our  faults.  The 
contest  is  a  painful  one,  for  it  is  fought  out  in  our 
own  interior;  it  is  a  protracted  one,  for  it  ends  only 
with  life;  it  is  fought  with  risks,  for  few  escape 
altogether  unhurt  from  it ;  the  victory  is  uncertain,  for 
unless  God  by  His  grace  strengthen  our  weakness, 
we  shall  certainly  be  overthrown  and  defeated  in  this 
battle.  St.  Augustine  says,  "We  are  engaged  in  a 
daily  fight  in  our  heart ;  man  contends  single-handed 
in  his  heart  against  a  host.  Avarice  makes  its  sug 
gestions  ;  lust  makes  its  suggestions ;  gluttony  its 


Its  Difficulties.  5 

suggestions ;  the  joys  of  popularity  make  theirs. 
Suggestions  assail  him  from  all  sides  ;  he  refuses 
himself  to  all;  he  answers  all;  he  turns  away  from 
all;  he  will  not  easily  escape  a  wound  from  all  his 
enemies."""" 

No  one  will  deny  that  the  paths  of  spiritual  life  lie 
in  the  midst  of  a  certain  sweetness  and  confidence, 
trust,  hope,  and  even  security.  For  what  sweetness 
can  compare  with  the  sweetness  of  conversing  with 
God  ?  What  hope  so  precious  as  that  which  promises 
the  possession  of  the  Divinity  ?  What  security  equal 
to  that  of  having  God  Himself  for  our  friend  and  our 
ally  in  war?  At  the  same  time  it  must  be  acknow 
ledged,  this  most  delightful  path  is  rendered  difficult 
and  rugged  by  the  task  of  overcoming  our  faults. 
"  One  thing,"  says  a  Kempis,  "  withholds  many  from 
progress  and  fervent  emendation,  to  wit,  the  dread  of 
the  difficulty  and  the  efforts  of  the  struggle.  For 
those  above  all  others  make  the  greatest  progress  in 
virtue,  who  most  bravely  attempt  to  overcome  the 
things  that  are  most  difficult  and  arduous  to  them. 
For  a  man  advances  more,  and  deserves  more 
abundant  graces  in  those  matters  in  which  he  most 
overcomes  himself  and  mortifies  himself  interiorly,  "f 

This  writer  goes  on  to  suggest  the  matter  for  the 
Particular  Examen — "  Two  things  most  conduce  to 
great  correction:  viz.,  to  withdraw  oneself  with  energy 
from  the  objects  to  which  nature  is  viciously  inclined, 
and  fervently  to  pursue  the  good,  which  is  most 
needed  by  us."  And  he  warns  us  of  the  difficulty  of 
the  contest,  "that  the  task  of  resisting  our  vices  and 
*  In  Psalm,  xcix.  I.  +  L.  i.,  cap.  xxv.,  nn.  3,  4. 


6      What  the  Particular  Examcn  consists  in. 

passions  is  more  severe  than  the  heaviest  bodily 
toil."  So  that  no  one  may  be  misled,  and  after 
foolishly  and  presumptuously  entering  the  arena, 
throw  away  his  shield  and  seek  safety  in  flight. 

Perhaps  this  explains  why  many  persons  begin  the 
contest  of  this  Examen,  but  few  persevere  with  it. 
A  vast  host,  and  more  than  thirty  thousand,  went 
forth  under  Gideon  against  the  Madianites.  But 
when  this  force  came  in  sight  of  the  enemy,  two  and 
twenty  thousand,  overcome  by  fear,  returned  to  their 
homes.  Of  the  ten  thousand  left,  a  great  number, 
unable  to  endure  their  thirst,  cast  themselves  on  their 
knees,  and  putting  their  mouths  to  the  stream, 
quenched  their  parched  throats  with  copious  draughts. 
Only  three  hundred  contented  themselves  with  the 
water  they  caught  in  their  hands  as  they  passed 
along.  And  those  only  who  satisfied  their  thirst  in 
moderation  would  the  Lord  admit  to  share  the  victory 
over  the  enemy. 

May  God  open  the  eyes  of  those  blind  persons 
who  do  not  see  that  what  befell  Gideon's  soldiers  daily 
happens  to  them.  For  many  there  are  who  gladly 
buckle  on  their  armour  to  do  battle  with  the  enemies 
of  the  soul ;  but  fly  away,  scared  and  conquered 
by  the  difficulty.  When  they  are  in  the  presence  of 
the  enemy,  and  the  combat  is  about  to  commence, 
they  are  overcome  by  the  thirst  after  temporal  goods, 
they  bend  their  knees  to  the  ground,  they  turn  aside 
to  worldly  concerns,  they  wish  to  quench  their  thirst 
in  the  waters  of  Egypt,  though  not  all  the  cisterns  of 
Egypt  shall  satisfy  them.  Of  these  craven  soldiers, 
some  who  had  put  their  hand  to  the  plough  of  perfec- 


Its  Difficulties.  7 

tion  have  gone  back  to  the  world  and  its  follies; 
others,  indeed,  remain  in  the  Religious  state  which 
they  had  embraced,  but  have  none  of  its  spirit — they 
lack  the  courage  to  fight  the  battles  of  the  Lord,  but 
they  choose  to  wear  the  livery  of  His  soldiers. 

Of  the  former  class,  some  were  led  to  the  world  by 
the  foot  of  pride;*  for,  vanquished  by  the  vanity  of 
their  hearts,  they  shrink  from  ignominy,  they  fly 
ill-treatment,  the  lowliness  of  Christ  they  shun,  and, 
after  aiming  at  great  and  high  thoughts,  they  fall 
headlong  into  the  precipice  of  endless  shame.  Others 
of  this  class  were  seduced  by  the  concupiscence  of  the 
jlesh.  After  abandoning  the  army  of  God,  they  sit 
down  with  their  wickedness  before  the  flesh-pots  of 
Egypt,  they  stain  the  white  garment  of  the  soul  with 
their  sins  of  lust,  they  destroy  their  beauty,  they 
tarnish  their  glory,  they — like  unclean  animals — 
wallow  in  their  own  mire.  Others,  enslaved  to  other 
vices,  look  again  towards  the  world  and  turn  back. 

All,  having  consecrated  themselves  to  the  heavenly 
warfare,  recoil  from  the  contest ;  they  dread  the  fight 
with  themselves,  with  their  passions,  with  their  sins. 
Though  false  to  themselves,  these  soldiers,  having  left 
the  ranks  of  the  brave  and  returned  to  their  homes, 
do  not  inflict  much  injury  on  their  comrades ;  they 
cease  to  shock,  by  their  unworthy  conduct,  those  who 
persevere  manfully.  Hence  God  of  old  commanded 
that  when  the  people  went  forth  to  war,  those  who 
lacked  courage  should  be  excluded  from  the  army, 
and  the  captains  addressed  every  band — "  What  man 
is  there  that  is  fearful  and  fainthearted  ?  Let  him  go 
*  Psalm  xxxv.  12. 


8      What  the  Particular  Examcn  consists  in. 

and  return  to  his  house,  lest  he  make  the  hearts  of  his 
brethren  to  fear,  as  he  himself 'is  possessed 'with  fear •."* 

Of  the  fainthearted,  however,  not  a  few  who  shrink 
from  battle  remain  with  the  army ;  and  though,  with 
their  comrades,  they  have  taken  the  oath  to  destroy 
the  passions  which  stand  in  their  way,  they  still  keep 
up  a  friendship  with  their  vices  and  passions  when 
they  neglect  the  Particular  Examen.  These  persons 
would  fain  reconcile  the  flesh  and  the  spirit,  vice  and 
virtue  ;  they  wish  to  give  something  to  the  spirit  and 
something  to  the  flesh ;  they  will  not  deny  their 
passions  always,  they  will  sometimes  let  virtue  carry 
the  day.  Such  persons  may  be  likened  to  Issachar, 
the  son  of  Jacob,  regarding  whom  the  holy  Patriarch 
prophesied — "Issachar  shall  be  a  strong  ass,  lying 
down  between  the  borders.  He  saw  rest  that  it  was 
good ;  and  the  land  that  it  was  excellent.  And  he 
bowed  his  shoulder  to  carry,  and  became  a  servant 
under  tribute"^ 

The  cudgel  cannot  prevent  the  ass  from  taking  his 
mouthful,  once  he  has  found  his  way  into  the  green 
meadow.  The  ass  will  obey  his  master,  but  when  the 
occasion  offers  he  will  follow  his  own  bent.  Such  are 
they  who  fear  to  attack  their  vices.  They  seek  rest, 
and  they  prefer  rest  to  fighting.  They  lie  down 
between  the  borders,  that  is,  between  the  borders  of 
the  spirit  and  the  flesh;  and,  as  they  prize  peace, 
they  are  willing  to  pay  tribute  to  both,  that  so  they 
may  escape  contending  with  either.  The  tribute  they 
pay  to  the  spirit  consists  in  certain  penitential  deeds, 
certain  mortifications  and  exterior  observances  ;  for 
*  Deut.  xx.  8.  f  Gen.  xlix.  14. 


Its  Difficulties.  9* 

the  most  part  they  discharge  these  with  a  bad  grace, 
and  gain  little  by  them.  The  tribute  they  pay  to  the 
flesh  consists  in  anxieties  concerning  worldly  and 
temporal  matters,  excessive  attention  to  matters- 
which  concern  not  their  state,  unceasing  restlessness, 
and  remorse  of  conscience.  What  liberty  of  spirit 
can  the  soul  enjoy  which  is  burdened  with  such 
heavy  tribute,  and,  lying  between  the  borders,  serves 
two  masters  ?  Such  a  one  is  so  far  a  spiritual  man  as. 
outwardly  to  obtain  the  reputation  of  being  such  ;  he 
is  so  far  an  interior  man  that  without  a  teacher  he  can 
discourse  on  conscience  matters.  He  is  familiar  with 
the  word  "  Particular  Examen,"  but  he  knows  nothing 
of  its  virtue.  For  as  this  exercise  is  very  effectual 
and  chases  away  sloth,  these  persons  can  never 
understand  the  nature  and  efficacy  of  the  Examen,. 
unless  they  change  their  dispositions  and  reduce  to 
subjection  their  disordered  thoughts  and  desires. 
Persons  of  this  description  often  cause  much  mischief 
in  Community  life  to  the  fervent.  For  the  soldiers  of 
God  who  aspire  to  a  truly  spiritual  life,  and  even  to 
perfection,  do  not  care  to  waste  their  strength  in  the 
pursuit.  When,  then,  they  watch  their  cowardly 
brethren,  who  in  deeds  and  wrords  profess  to  have 
found  peace  without  any  such  severe  struggles  ;  when 
they  hear  that  the  perfection  at  which  they  aim  is  not 
inconsistent  with  a  desire  for  honour,  for  self-ease,  or 
with  the  flight  of  those  things  which  wound  self-respect 
or  self-ease,  or  with  the  enjoyment  of  small  gratifi 
cations,  how  easily  the  valiant  soldier  may  lend 
himself  to  such  vile  models ! 


io  From  what  Causes 


CHAPTER   II. 

FROM    WHAT    CAUSES    THE    NEGLECT    OF   THIS    EXAM  EN 
ARISES. 

THIS  neglect  arises  from  three  causes.  The  first 
is  that  the  soul  is  contented  with  a  low  degree 
of  virtue,  and  does  not  aspire  to  high  perfection. 
Such  a  one  neglects  the  Examen,  because  it  does  not 
fall  in  with  the  view  which  he  proposes  to  himself, 
for  he  is  not  really  anxious  to  correct  his  lesser 
faults. 

The  second  is  that  the  soul,  though  anxious  for 
higher  perfection,  despairs  of  attaining  it;  he  con 
siders  the  rebellion  of  his  nature,  the  strength  of  his 
passions,  the  force  of  his  evil  habits,  and  the 
hindrances  arising  from  his  occupations,  and  hence 
he  loses  heart,  and  imagines  he  cannot  with  ten 
thousand  men  resist  the  enemy  who  encounters  him 
with  twenty  thousand;  therefore  he  lays  down  his 
arms  and  sues  for  peace. 

The  third  is  that  the  soul,  though  eager  for  the 
attainment  of  perfection,  and  though  free  from  diffi 
dence,  does  not  employ  every  means,  but  such  only 
as  are  easy  and  more  agreeable  to  his  disposition. 
Therefore  he  prefers  prayer  and  contemplation  to  the 
mortification  of  his  passions,  and  he  would  sooner 
devote  two  or  three  hours  to  recollection  and  union 
with  God,  than  give  half  an  hour  to  the  Examen.  He 
will  pretend  that  the  liberty  of  the  spirit  is  restrained 
by  these  repeated  self-examinations,  and  he  will  think 


the  neglect  of  this  Examen  arises.         1 1 

that  it  is  better  to  be  drawn  sweetly  to  union  with 
God  than  to  bend  his  thoughts  vigorously  to  the  task 
of  the  Examen. 

By  what  words,  or  by  what  considerations,  can  we 
more  effectually  rouse  those  who  tamely  acquiesce  in 
a  low  degree  of  virtue,  and  induce  them  to  turn  their 
eyes  to  the  higher  perfection  of  interior  life  placed 
within  their  reach  by  the  grace  of  God,  than  by  those 
addressed  by  St.  Jerome  to  the  noble  virgin  Demetrias, 
encouraging  her,  zealous  as  she  was,  to  advance  to 
gain  the  summit  of  virtue. 

"  Men  are  never  satisfied  with  some  progress  in  the 
pursuits  of  the  world ;  shall  we  be  satisfied  to  have 
made  a  beginning  in  virtue?  In  earthly  pursuits  we  are 
full  of  eagerness,  and  we  only  grow  cold  when  there  is 
question  of  Heaven.  In  matters  of  trifling  moment 
we  overflow  with  zeal,  and  are  only  indifferent 
regarding  the  loftiest  objects.  We  ought  to  blush 
when  we  see  the  zeal  and  the  care  with  which  men 
seek  to  perfect  themselves  in  knowledge.  The  thirst 
for  literary  excellence  is  not  quenched  by  years  ;  nay, 
I  may  say,  with  a  worldly  writer,  it  grows  with 
advancing  age.  The  thirst  for  riches  is  insatiable ; 
the  craving  for  wealth  knows  no  limits.  Objects 
which  must  perish  so  quickly  are  sought  so  unceas 
ingly.  And  we  yield  to  a  sluggish  indifference,  and 
do  not  care  to  obtain  divine  knowledge,  heavenly 
riches,  immortal  glory ;  the  riches  of  the  interior  life 
we  scarcely  deign  to  look  upon,  and  if  we  touch  them 
ever  so  lightly  we  imagine  ourselves  sated.  Far  other 
wise  is  the  invitation  given  by  Divine  Wisdom  to  Its 
banquet.  'They  that  eat  Me  shall  yet  hunger,  and 


12  From  what  Causes 

they  that  drink  Me  shall  yet  thirst'*  No  one  is  ever 
filled  at  this  banquet ;  no  one  is  palled  with  satiety. 
The  greater  the  desire  and  appetite  for  this  food,  the 
more  shall  be  given.  Our  Lord  says  in  the  Gospel — 
' 'Blessed  are  they  who  hunger  and  thirst  after  justice, 
for  they  shall  be  filled'^  He  would  have  us  hunger 
and  thirst  after  justice,  that  we  may  be  filled  with  the 
reward  of  justice  hereafter.  Let  us  attend  to  the 
force  of  His  words.  We  are  to  crave  after  justice  as 
the  starving  man  craves  for  food,  or  one  dying  from 
thirst  craves  for  a  draught." 

These  are  the  words  of  St.  Jerome,  and  it  would  not 
be  easy  to  adduce  more  urgent  reasons  or  more 
striking  comparisons  as  a  reproof  to  tepidity — "  He 
who  shuns  perfection  and  contents  himself  with 
mediocrity,  gives  a  proof  that  his  soul  has  never 
tasted  the  heavenly  food;  for  as  St.  Gregory  Nazi- 
anzen  says,  if  you  wish  to  attain  mediocrity,  you  must 
aim  at  the  highest." 

Let  us  now  turn  to  the  second  class.  These  persons 
desire  perfection,  but  they  have  given  up  all  hope  of 
attaining  it.  For  this  disease  we  shall  prescribe  a 
remedy  devised  by  Galen,  the  prince  of  physicians, 
and  an  illustrious  teacher  of  Ethical  Philosophy.  In 
the  first  of  the  three  books  which  he  composed  on  the 
discovery  and  cure  of  the  diseases  of  the  soul,  he 
recommends  a  method  for  the  correction  of  faults 
very  much  resembling  that  prescribed  by  St.  Ignatius 
in  his  Particular  Examen ;  and  he  exhorts  his  readers 
to  contend  against  their  vices  with  all  their  strength, 
though  the  victories  they  will  obtain  may  not  be 
*  Ecclus.  xxiv.  29.  t  St.  Matt.  v.  6. 


the  neglect  of  this  Examen  arises.         13 

thought  as  much  of  as  those  of  Hercules,  Achilles, 
and  other  noted  warriors.  He  encourages  them  to 
hope  that  by  persevering  in  the  contest  they  may 
secure  that  perfect  health  which  they  aspire  to. 
Galen  assigns  two  hours  for  this  exercise,  one  in  the 
morning  the  other  at  night :  in  the  morning  the  good 
resolution  must  be  formed,  at  night  the  self-examina 
tion  must  take  place.  Suppose,  for  instance,  you  wish 
to  curb  your  anger  or  any  other  passion.  On  waking, 
you  will  think  of  the  occasions  which  may  arise  during 
the  day,  and  you  will  reflect  that  a  man  endowed  with 
reason  should  not  give  way  to  the  same  impulses  as 
dumb  brutes,  and  allow  himself  to  be  ruled  by  them, 
and  you  will  firmly  exact  from  yourself  a  resolution  to 
avert  such  a  disgrace.  At  night,  before  retiring  to 
rest,  renew  this  purpose  and  count  up  the  number  of 
times  you  have  fallen. 

But  some  on  account  of  old  age,  others  on  account 
of  faults  which  have  become  inveterate  from  long 
indulged  habits,  may  despair  of  achieving  a  complete 
victory,  and  perhaps,  as  -they  cannot  secure  everything, 
may  renounce  the  hope  of  securing  anything.  The 
wise  physician  writes  as  follows  for  them — "Let  no 
one  be  deterred  from  attempting  to  improve  himself, 
though  even  he  be  fifty  years  old  and  think  himself 
marred  by  a  vice  which  is  not  incurable  or  irreparable. 
For  no  one  in  sickness  would  give  in  to  his  sickness 
because  he  was  fifty  years  old ;  nay,  he  would  employ 
every  remedy  in  his  power  to  regain  health,  though  he 
might  be  convinced  he  could  never  be  as  strong  as 
Hercules."  In  the  same  way  let  us  not  be  deterred 
from  attempting  to  improve  our  souls,  though  we  may 


14  From  what  Causes 

be  persuaded  we  shall  never  reach  the  perfection  of 
the  Wise  Man.  Nay,  let  us  hope  confidently  we  may 
even  reach  this  point,  if  from  the  beginning  we  watch 
over  the  correction  of  ourselves  such  as  we  are.  At 
least  we  can  make  sure  of  one  point ;  we  shall  be 
most  anxious  not  to  be  wholly  deformed  as  was  the 
body  of  Thersites.  For,  had  we  had  the  opportunity 
before  our  birth  of  meeting  Him  Who  presided  over  our 
destiny,  and  had  He  refused  our  entreaty  for  a  most 
robust  and  vigorous  body,  we  should  certainly  have 
besought  Him  to  grant  us  a  body  in  the  second,  or 
third,  or  fourth  degree  of  vigour.  If  we  could  not 
have  the  strength  of  Hercules,  we  should  be  pleased 
to  have  that  of  Achilles ;  and  if  we  could  not  have  his 
we  should  be  contented  with  that  of  Ajax,  or  Diomede, 
or  Agamemnon,  or  Patroclus ;  and  if  we  could  not 
have  the  strength  of  any  of  these,  we  should  be  con 
tented  with  that  of  any  illustrious  hero.  In  the  same 
way,  I  imagine,  he  who  cannot  obtain  the  highest 
excellence  of  mind,  will  aspire  to  be  placed  in  the 
second  or  third,  or  even  fourth  rank.  What  I  recom 
mend  is  not  a  thing  which  is  impracticable,  to  those 
at  least  who  are  willing  to  prove  themselves  and  give 
it  a  serious  trial  for  some  length  of  time. 

Galen,  a  Pagan  teacher,  merely  guided  by  the  light 
of  reason,  to  our  confusion  instructs  us  and  opens 
the  paths  of  perfection,  which  so  many  Christians 
enlightened  by  the  teaching  of  the  Gospel  refuse  to 
see.  He  exhorts  us  to  undertake  a  contest  with  our 
strength,  which  we,  though  armed  in  the  power  of 
divine  grace,  alas  !  recoil  from.  Not  without  a 
certain  modesty  he  bids  us,  as  we  enter  the  arena, 


the  neglect  of  this  Examen  arises.         15 

yield  precedence  to  those  who  having  received  greater 
succours  from  the  Creator  of  all  things,  and  being 
mounted,  as  it  were,  on  swifter  steeds,  won  the  goal 
more  happily ;  and  at  least  to  strive  to  follow  these 
men  and  secure  the  laurels  of  virtue  to  which  we  may 
aspire.  He  says  we  must  make  great  account  of  this 
degree,  though  it  be  not  the  highest;  and  we  must 
consider  ourselves  privileged,  if  at  any  cost  we  can 
attain  it.  Grant  then,  that  you  are  not  called  to  the 
perfection  of  a  St.  Ignatius,  a  St.  Francis  Xavier,  or  so 
many  of  our  great  men,  but  know  that  one  of  the 
most  effectual  helps  by  which  these  holy  men  proved 
themselves  superior  to  all  earthly  affections  was  this 
very  Particular  Examen,  about  which  I  am  writing ;. 
and  do  you  make  use  of  the  same  means,  and  follow 
closely,  if  you  cannot  rival,  these  heroes. 

I  must  now  address  a  word  to  the  third  class,  who 
really  aspire  to  perfection  and  are  not  tempted  to 
despair  of  its  attainment,  but  shrink  from  this  battle 
with  their  passions,  and  betake  themselves  to  the 
more  quiet  and  genial  exercises  of  prayer,  contem 
plation,  divine  love,  union  with  God;  in  fact,  bury 
themselves  in  the  very  love  of  Christian  perfection. 
But  is  it  true  that  we  can  enter  into  the  land  flowing 
with  milk  and  honey  without  first  waging  a  fierce  war 
against  its  inhabitants  and  destroying  them  by  the 
sword  ?  There  are  some  paintings  of  priceless  value 
which  were  executed  with  very  little  pains  and  labour. 
And  there  are  some  souls  living  in  union  with  God 
without  any  internal  struggle  of  their  passions,  who 
may  be  compared  unto  Benjamin,  of  whom  it  is 
written — "  The  best  Moved  of  the  Lord  shall  dwell 


1 6  From  ivhat  Causes 

.confidently  in  him :  as  in  a  bride-chamber  shall  he  abide 
all  the  day  long,  and  between  his  shoulders  shall  he 
rest."*  A  naturally  happy  temperament,  solitude, 
the  absence  of  dangerous  occasions,  or  the  special 
favour  of  God  giving  Himself  to  His  creature,  may 
have  obtained  for  them  the  sweetness  of  internal 
peace,  abundance  of  devotion,  and  the  sensible 
presence  of  their  Spouse,  without  being  obliged  to 
encounter  their  spiritual  foes  in  deadly  fight.  But, 
.generally  speaking,  virtues  grown  in  the  midst  of  such 
delights  are  frail  and  delicate ;  and  they  do  not 
flourish  unless  supported  and  preserved  by  the  same 
soil  which  gave  them  rise.  And,  therefore,  virtues  of 
this  description  do  not  befit  men  of  our  Society, 
"  who,"  according  to  our  holy  Founder,  "  must  aim 
at  the  attainment  of  true  and  solid  virtues,  whether 
they  receive  many  or  few  consolations. "t  Now  those 
virtues  only  deserve  to  be  called  solid  which  are 
acquired  in  war  with  the  opposite  vices,  and  by  the 
acts  which  belong  to  them.  These  virtues  do  not 
depend  on  internal  consolations,  nor  do  they  vanish 
before  the  fury  and  storms  of  temptations,  or  in  the 
presence  of  dangerous  occasions.  These  virtues  are 
truly  Apostolical  virtues,  such  as  the  heralds  of  the 
Gospel  ought  to  possess.  For  though  the  couch  on 
which  the  soul  reposes  with  her  God  be  flourishing, 
yet  "  threescore  valiant  ones  of  the  most  valiant  of  Israel 
surround  it,  all  holding  swords  and  most  expert  in  war: 
every  man's  sword  upon  his  thigh,  because  of  fears  in  the 
7iight"\  Such  as  these  valiant  ones  should  be  the 

*  Deut.  xxxiii.  12.  +  Summ.,  reg.  22. 

I  Cant.  ill.  7,  8. 


the  neglect  of  this  Examen  arises.         17 

warriors  whom  God  has  stationed  in  the  Church  to 
guard  those  souls  who  are  invited  to  the  repose  of 
contemplation.  They  should  be  equipped  with  virtues 
acquired  in  manly  conflict,  waged  while  some  of  the 
souls  intrusted  to  their  guidance  rest  peaceably  in 
God ;  by  their  own  experience  must  they  be  trained 
to  forestall  the  wiles  of  the  enemy,  to  withstand  his 
onset,  and  to  keep  faithful  watch  and  ward,  lest  the 
spouses  of  Christ  be  disturbed  in  this  their  repose  and 
godly  quiet.  Now,  if  the  care  of  such  souls  as  are  in 
close  union  with  God  demand  that  the  ghostly  Father 
and  Master  be  trained  by  experience  in  the  conflict 
with  vice,  how  much  more  will  he  not  need  it,  to  be 
enabled  rapidly  to  pass  from  place  to  place,  to  scour 
divers  provinces  for  the  direction  of  others,  to  deal 
with  affairs  of  every  description,  to  dwell  amid  ser 
pents  and  dragons,  among  so  many  occasions,  not  of 
distractions  and  of  inward  dryness  only,  but  of  grievous 
falls.  This  is  the  reason  which  urged  our  holy  Father 
Ignatius  to  special  accuracy  and  minuteness  in  his 
treatise  on  this  practice,  seeing  it  was  most  befitting 
and  proper  to  his  sons.  Nor  did  he  act  thus  with  a 
view  to  our  inculcating  it  on  others  whose  spiritual 
welfare  concerns  us,  but  in  order  that  we,  whose  chief 
and  main  end  is  to  devote  ourselves  to  the  salvation  and 
perfection  of  our  own  souls,  should  become  familiar  with 
the  use  thereof.  If  we  but  duly  consider  this  end, 
and  at  the  same  time  advert  to  those  uprisings  of 
nature  we  are  ever  and  anon  liable  to,  the  source  of 
which  is  in  the  violence  of  our  passions,  or  the  force 
of  habits  contracted  in  the  world,  or  in  the  distractions 
arising  from  multifarious  occupations  and  engagements, 


1 8  The  neglect  of  this  Examen. 

and  in  the  numberless  temptations  that  spring  there 
from,  or  else,  in  the  defect  of  devotion,  in  dryness  at 
prayer,  we  shall  be  convinced  that  for  each  and  all  of 
these  reasons,  they  who  have  constant  dealings  with 
men,  and  are  bound  to  show  them  the  way  of  salva 
tion,  both  by  word  and  example,  must,  unless  they 
wish  to  run  themselves  into  danger,  be  endowed  with 
solid,  well  grounded — I  had  almost  said  adamantine- 
virtues,  which  have  been  invigorated  by  a  lengthened 
conflict;  that  the  model  of  such  should  be  the  returned 
captives  of  Israel,  '•'•who  with  the  one  hand  did  their 
work,  and  with  the  other  grasped  a  sword"*  since  it  is 
incumbent  upon  them  to  wage  war  on  the  vices  of 
others  and  on  their  own  passions. 

To  sum  up  this  chapter,  we  may  then  say,  that  the 
Particular  Examen  is  a  kind  of  war  against  vices 
which  must  never  be  suspended,  whether  from  faint 
heartedness  or  fear  of  difficulties,  or  from  our  resting 
content  with  a  certain  mediocrity  of  virtue,  or  from 
despair  of  attaining  perfection,  or  through  our  taking 
up  other  practices  more  congenial  to  our  tastes.  It 
remains  for  us  to  unfold  the  original  plan  traced  by 
St.  Ignatius ;  to  wit,  the  form  thereof,  and  the  matter 
(which  is  the  vice  to  be  uprooted,  or  its  opposite 
virtue),  the  times  and  other  circumstances. 

*  2  Esdras  iv.  1 7. 


The  Form  or  Metliod  of  this  Examen.     19 


CHAPTER  III. 

THE    FORM    OR   METHOD   OF  THIS    EXAMEN,  BEGINNING 
WITH   THE    RESOLVE   TO    BE   MADE    ON    RISING. 

THE  form  or  method  of  the  Particular  Examen 
may  be  brought  under  four  points.  First,  every 
morning  at  rising  we  must  make  a  firm  purpose  con 
cerning  the  vice  we  are  combatting,  or  the  virtue  we 
are  striving  after.  Second,  we  must  take  care  during 
the  course  of  the  day  to  carry  out  this  purpose.  Third, 
we  must  call  ourselves  to  account  for  the  shortcomings 
into  which  we  may  have  fallen.  Fourth,  we  must 
compare  days  and  weeks  together,  so  as  to  take  the 
measure  of  either  our  progress  or  decline.  The  first 
point  of  this  exercise — the  first  step  therein,  so  to 
speak,  is  the  morning  resolution,  concerning  which 
our  holy  Father  writes  as  follows — "  The  first  time  is 
in  the  morning  when,  as  soon  as  we  rise,  we  should 
resolve  to  keep  strict  guard  over  ourselves  in  the  matter 
of  the  sin  or  evil  habit  we  wish  to  correct" 

Hereon,  we  may  observe,  first,  that  by  a  resolution 
or  purpose  is  meant  a  steady  determination  of  the  will 
concerning  something  difficult,  a  purpose  liable  to 
contradiction  or  opposition  in  its  fulfilment.  For  in 
easy  things,  a  simple  motion  of  the  will  is  enough,  its 
consent  is  all  that  is  needed  for  the  completion  of  the 
work.  But  in  what  is  more  difficult,  to  will  alone 
does  not  suffice,  but  the  constraining  power  of  the  will 
needs  bracing  up,  and  it  is  this  which  properly  is 
called  a  purpose  or  resolution.  The  Apostle  in 
c  2 


2O     The  Form  or  Method  of  this  Examen. 

treating  of  virginity  makes  this  distinction  between 
simple  volition  and  purpose;  for  he  speaks  in  different 
terms  of  a  father  who  gives  his  daughters  in  marriage, 
and  of  one  who  endeavours  to  keep  them  from  the 
nuptial  couch.  Of  the  former,  as  what  they  have  to 
do  is  easy  and  conformable  to  natural  inclination,  he 
says — "  If  any  man  thinks  that  he  is  behaving  himself 
unseemly  towards  his  virgin  daughter  in  case  she  should 
pass  the  flower  of  her  age,  and  if  it  must  needs  be  so,  let 
him  do  what  he  will,  he  sinneth  not  if  she  marry"  * 
But  of  the  latter  class,  as  their  task  is  in  no  wise  easy, 
he  says — "He  that  standeth  steadfast  in  his  heart,  having 
no  necessity,  and  hath  power  in  respect  of  his  will,  and 
hath  determined  this  in  his  own  heart,  that  he  will  keep 
his  virgin  daughter,  shall  do  well."  \ 

Thus  may  it  be  seen  that  he  terms  an  arduous 
resolve,  demanding  serious  deliberation  and  steadfast 
performance,  a  determination,  which  is  just  what  St. 
Ignatius  calls  a  resolution.  To  this  may  we  deem  that 
the  Psalmist  alludes  when  taking  into  consideration 
the  frailty  of  our  nature,  the  revolt  and  resistance  of 
the  appetite,  he  speaks  as  follows  of  the  observance  of 
God's  commandments — "  /  have  sworn  and  have  stead 
fastly  purposed  to  keep  Thy  righteous  commandments" % 

As  you  see,  not  only  did  he  steadfastly  purpose, 
but  he  swore.  Whence  it  may  be  inferred  that  the 
Psalmist  came  to  that  resolution  after  he  had  been 
made  aware  of  the  difficulties  in  the  fulfilment  of 
these  righteous  judgments.  These  same  difficulties 
meet  us  in  the  Particular  Examen.  We  declare  war 

*  I   Cor.  vii.  36.  f   I  Cor.  vii.  37. 

±  Psalm  cxviii.  106. 


The  Form  or  Method  of  this  Examen.     21 

against  that  vice  which  troubles  us  most.  The  first 
step  to  be  taken  in  this  war  is  to  send  a  challenge 
to  the  foe,  in  other  words,  to  make  a  resolution 
against  it. 

Second,  it  is  to  be  observed  that  such  a  resolution 
is  the  end  of  prayer,  of  our  meditation,  of  the  general 
examen,  while  it  forms  the  starting-point  of  the 
Particular  Examen,  as  was  noticed  heretofore.  For 
in  the  method  of  our  holy  Founder,  the  end  and  aim 
of  prayer  is  to  stir  up  the  will,  as  is  plain  throughout  the 
first  Exercise  of  the  "Three  Powers."  That  the  end 
of  these  motions  and  affections  is  to  be  good  resolves, 
is  evident  from  the  colloquy  of  the  Exercise,  where  it 
is  said — "/  will  further  call  myself  to  account,  asking 
what  /  have  hitherto  done  for  Christ  worthy  of  remem 
brance,  what  /  am  willing,  or  what  7  ought  to  do" 
What  means  this  last  clause — "  What  am  /  willing,  or 
what  ought  I  to  do  ?"  Naught  else  but  the  resolution  we 
should  make.  The  same  appears  no  less  unmistake- 
ably  from  numerous  other  passages,  which  show  that 
the  sole  aim  of  the  Exercises  is  to  elicit  the  resolve 
to  reform  our  conduct,  for  God's  greater  glory.  This 
too  is  the  end  of  the  general  examen,  the  fifth  and 
last  point  of  which  is  concerned  with  the  purpose  of 
amendment.  The  reason  of  all  this  is  obvious,  seeing 
that  the  end  of  all  these  Exercises  of  St.  Ignatius  is 
none  other  but  a  godly  life  and  the  sanctification  of 
our  soul.  Now  the  main  source  of  a  godly  life  and 
of  sanctification,  is  practically  a  good  purpose.  Hence 
the  aim  and  outcome  of  these  Exercises  can  be  naught 
else  but  this  resolve.  Fitly  then  does  the  author  of 
Ecclesiasticus  warn  us  to  set  great  store  by  a  good 


22     The  Form  or  Method  of  this  Ex  amen. 

resolution — "Let  the  good  counsel  of  thi?ie  own  heart 
be  steadfast"  Bind  thyself  by  a  steadfast  purpose 
of  performing  that  which  thou  hast  rightly  devised. 
"For  nothing  is  more  precious  to  thee  than  #."*  In 
other  words,  nothing  can  be  of  greater  advantage. 
He  at  once  proceeds  to  prove  this  point,  showing 
that  such  a  purpose  secures  and  directs  all  our 
doings — "Let  truth  go  before  thy  every  action,  and  a 
steadfast  counsel  before  every  decd"-\-  In  other  words, 
delude  not  thyself,  but  in  all  thine  actions  carry  out 
thy  resolutions.  Now  as  it  is  to  this  performance  of 
what  has  been  resolved  upon  in  the  Exercises  that 
the  Particular  Examen  is  directed,  it  starts  with  the 
resolution  which  is  the  goal  of  all  the  other  Exercises. 
Thus  may  we  perceive  the  connection  and  inter 
dependence  of  the  several  Exercises.  Meditation 
and  the  general  examen  tend  to  the  formation  of  a 
good  resolution;  the  Particular  Examen  ensures  its 
fulfilment.  Herein,  too,  may  we  appreciate  the 
dexterity  and  profound  insight  wherewith  St.  Ignatius 
leads  on  souls  to  perfection. 

At  the  very  beginning  of  his  work,  he  prescribes  a 
scrutiny  of  our  sins  and  usual  defects  by  the  general 
examen,  in  order  that  we  may  attain  the  knowledge 
of  our  actual  state  and  progress,  and  discover  by 
what  passions  we  are  more  violently  urged  on,  what 
are  the  inclinations  which  more  vehemently  bear  us 
along,  what  evil  habits  we  are  most  prone  to,  to  what 
vices  we  most  frequently  yield.  He  next  presents 
meditation  as  a  means  of  self-improvement,  and  of 
making  resolutions  to  uproot  our  vices,  and  of 
*  Ecclus.  xxxvii.  17.  t  Ecclus.  xxxvii.  20. 


The  Form  or  Method  of  this  Examen.     23 

implanting  in  their  stead  the  opposite  virtues.  And 
that  each  resolution  may  be  effectually  reduced  to 
practice,  he  will  have  us  to  wage  war  on  each  vice 
singly. 

He  maps  out  the  plan  of  this  war,  which  is  to 
make  a  particular  resolution  against  the  predominant 
vice ;  when  we  fall,  to  take  courage ;  as  is  the  wont 
with  wrestlers,  to  renew  our  purpose  until  we  have 
utterly  worsted  the  foe.  What  more  easy,  or  sweeter, 
could  be  devised  as  a  stay  to  our  weakness,  than  to 
warn  us  not  to  lose  heart,  even  though  we  be  damaged 
in  the  conflict?  What  more  fitted  to  stir  up  our 
fervour  than  to  arise  after  a  fall,  and  to  renew  the 
struggle  with  no  less  ardour  than  if  we  had  never 
been  worsted  ?  What  method  could  be  devised  more 
conformable  to  our  nature  and  to  man's  want,  than  to 
meditate  in  order  to  come  to  a  resolve,  to  resolve  in 
order  to  a  practical  fulfilment,  to  fulfil  one's  purpose 
with  a  view  to  habituating  one's  self  to  well-doing,  to 
destroy  by  such  habit  the  evil  opposed  to  it  ?  Thus 
it  is  obvious  that  this  practice  of  making  a  purpose  is 
of  immense  efficacy,  while  its  mildness  is  no  less  so ; 
that  it  supports  our  frailty  and  maintains  us  in  our 
struggle  against  vice  in  a  happy  medium  between  two 
extremes,  which  being  extremes,  cannot  but  make  us 
deviate  from  the  path  of  virtue. 

These  two  extremes  are  indiscreet  fervour  and 
languor,  both  of  which  tend  to  make  us  weary  of 
that  constant  renewal  of  our  purpose  required  by  this 
exercise.  As  regards  indiscreet  fervour,  some  folks 
are  transported  by  so  vehement  an  emotion,  as  to 
deem  it  enough  for  them  to  make  but  one  resolve 


24     The  Form  or  Method  of  this  Examen. 

against  a  vice,  or  passion,  in  order  to  be  wholly  rid  of 
any  further  disturbance;  they  will  never  feel  the 
temptation  to  anger,  after  having  once  for  all  resolved 
to  practise  meekness,  and  not  to  yield  to  passion; 
they  will  never  break  forth  into  murmuring  and 
grumbling,  when  they  have  once  determined  to 
renounce  the  vice.  What,  then,  is  the  consequence  ? 
When  they  relapse  into  these  faults,  they  grieve,  and 
torment  themselves  at  being  made  aware  of  their 
weakness,  and  at  discovering  that  what  they  fancied 
they  had  accomplished  still  remains  to  be  done. 
Thus  do  they  betray  their  utter  ignorance  of  the  way 
to  extirpate  vice  and  to  implant  virtue.  They  think 
that  it  is  to  be  done  at  one  stroke,  even  as  a  statue  of 
molten  brass  takes  shape  the  instant  it  is  cast  into 
the  mould.  They  want  their  ailments  to  be  cured 
forthwith,  and,  as  it  were,  by  a  miracle,  in  a  single 
instant.  Bleeding  and  cathartics  they  despise;  they 
wish  to  pass  without  an  interval  from  sickness  to 
perfect  health,  without  undergoing  any  curative  treat 
ment.  They  seek  to  fly  without  wings,  to  scale  a 
tower  without  ladders,  to  clear  at  one  bound  the 
course  of  all  the  virtues.  Therefore  are  they  ever 
sticking  to  the  starting-post,  at  the  same  distance 
from  the  goal.  An  error  held  by  some  in  days  of 
yore  was,  that  the  victory  over  our  passions  could 
reach  to  a  kind  of  apathy,  or  insensibility,  whereby 
the  soul  is  so  steadfastly  grounded  in  virtue  that  on  no 
occasion  whatever  could  the  mind  deflect,  be  it  never 
so  little,  from  the  straight  path  of  right,  but  rather 
would  it  with  unruffled  calm,  and  without  struggle,  be 
wholly  addicted  to  virtue.  But  this  was  a  day-dream 


The  Form  or  Method  of  this  Examen.     25; 

of  men  brought  to  vanity  in  their  reasonings,  con 
founding  the  time  of  conflict  with  that  of  rest  and 
recompense,  and  attributing  to  this  period  of  warfare  • 
what  belongs  to  the  life  of  bliss.  Though  this  figment 
has  long  since  been  exploded,  we  still  meet  with 
many  who  order  their  lives  as  if  they  were  passionless. 
They  make  no  effort  to  extirpate  their  evil  habits,  or 
to  contract  good  ones  by  the  appropriate  acts ;  but 
flatter  themselves  that  they  have  demolished  their 
passions,  as  was  the  fate  of  the  Philistine  giant,  at  a 
single  stroke. 

This  fond  fancy  is  not  only  profitless ;  it  is,  more 
over,  harmful  in  several  ways.  First,  the  violence 
these  people  do  themselves  is  ofttimes  prejudicial 
to  bodily  health.  Now,  want  of  health,  especially, 
with  beginners,  not  uncommonly  proves  a  formidable - 
obstacle  to  perfection,  in  that  it  fills  the  soul  with 
fear  and  grief,  and  at  the  very  time  that  the  body 
needs  severe  and  rigorous  treatment,  we  have  to  show 
greater  indulgence  to  that  domestic  foe,  on  account 
of  its  ailment.  Further,  it  is  a  usual  artifice  of  the 
devil  to  inspire  an  exaggerated  fervour,  in  order  that 
excessive  rigour  may  degenerate  into  laxity.  "You 
yourselves  have  had  experience,"  says  St.  Bernard  tO1 
his  brethren,  "how  some  (to  your  confusion  be  it 
said),  who  at  the  outset  could  not  be  kept  back 
(such  was  the  vehemence  and  ardour  with  which 
they  were  impelled  onwards),  have  at  length  sunk  to  • 
such  a  depth  of  sloth  that,  to  use  the  words  of  the 
Apostle,  'After  having  begun  with  the  spirit,  they 
are  now  absorbed  in  the  flesh.'"* 

*  Serin,  xxxiii.  on  the  Canticles. 


26     The  Form  or  Method  of  this  Ex  amen. 

An  indiscreet  fervour  in  subjugating  our  passions 
is  wont  to  bring  on  bodily  ailments,  which  in  their 
turn  engender  self-indulgence  and  softness.  Besides 
which,  the  virtues  which  owe  their  origin  to  this 
headlong  violence,  are  not  of  the  temper  to  be  relied 
upon  in  occasions  of  trial.  For  as  a  stone  upheld 
by  sheer  force  in  the  air,  when  let  go,  falls  with  no 
less  impetus  than  had  it  not  been  upheld,  so  the 
passions  which  are  not  subdued  by  opposite  habits, 
but  are  violently  checked,  will  be  found  to  be  no 
less  lively  and  vigorous  than  at  the  beginning.  For 
as  nought  that  is  violent  can  endure,  it  must  needs 
be  that  this  violence  will  come  to  an  end.  Wherefore, 
when  the  soul,  tired  out,  slackens  in  its  effort,  it  finds 
itself  after  all  as  imperfect  as  if  it  had  never  made  a 
beginning.  The  devil  has  at  this  point  another  weapon 
in  reserve — the  temptation,  that  is,  to  grievous  despair. 
For  even  as  a  wayfarer  who  strives  to  reach  to  the 
summit  of  a  lofty  mountain,  but,  having  thoughtlessly 
chosen  the  path  which  to  him  seemed  the  shortest 
and  most  direct,  loses  heart  at  finding  his  strength 
overtaxed  by  the  obstacles  he  meets  with,  and  think 
ing  there  is  no  other  road,  gives  up  the  ascent  in 
despair  and  returns  to  the  level  plain ;  so,  too,  do 
they  who  have  set  themselves  the  task  of  ridding 
themselves  forthwith  of  their  passions,  and  of  practis 
ing  in  all  perfection  the  virtues  they  have  determined 
upon  but  a  moment  since,  when  coming  to  the  reality 
they  discover  that  it  is  more  than  a  match  for  them, 
lay  down  their  arms,  deem  perfection  an  impossi 
bility,  and  return  to  the  common  beaten  track.  This 
temptation  is  not  unlike  what  St.  Ignatius  mentions 


The  Form  or  Method  of  this  Examen.     27 

in  his  Fourth  Rule  on  Scruples — "  The  enemy  is  wont 
to  watch  craftily  what  manner  of  conscience  each  soul 
has,  whether  it  be  rough-grained  or  delicate.  If  the 
latter,  he  strives  to  render  it  more  delicate,  and  to  bring 
it  to  an  extreme  degree  of  anxiety,  in  order  that  when  he 
has  cruelly  disturbed  it  he  may  deter  it  from  all  spiritual 
progress.  For  instance,  if  he  finds  a  soul  that  yields 
to  no  sin,  whether  mortal  or  venial,  that  shrinks  (so  to 
speak)  from  the  very  shadow  of  any  wilful  transgres 
sion  ;  as  he  cannot  reproach  it  with  any  real  sin,  he 
endeavours  to  make  it  perceive  sin  where  there  is  none, 
as,  for  example,  in  so?ne  word  or  passing  thought}'' 
What  is  his  aim  ?  It  is  to  render  the  conscience  so 
delicate,  as  wholly  to  destroy  it.  For  the  soul,  finding 
it  cannot  avoid  what  it  falsely  deems  to  be  sin,  falls 
without  misgiving  into  real  sins.  The  enemy  follows 
an  opposite  method  with  such  as  are  gifted  with  a 
looser  conscience,  as  St.  Ignatius  proceeds  to  show 
in  the  same  rule.  "He  strives,  on  the  other  hand, 
to  render  a  lax  conscience  still  more  lax,  to  the  end 
that,  having  heretofore  made  light  of  venial  faults,  it 
may  daily  grow  more  careless  and  unconcerned  about 
mortal  sins." 

Such,  then,  is  the  artifice  of  the  enemy.  He 
strives  to  push  every  one  to  the  side  to  which  he 
finds  him  to  have  a  leaning,  in  order  to  land  him 
in  an  extreme.  He  makes  use  of  this  stratagem  in 
the  very  matter  of  good  purpose  wherewith  we  are 
dealing.  For  if  he  come  in  contact  with  an  ardent 
soul  eager  to  subject  its  passions  to  reason,  to 
uproot  its  evil  habits,  he  spurs  it  on  while  running 
full  tilt,  and  urges  it  to  attempt  to  complete  its  under- 


28     The  Form  or  Mctliod  of  this  Ex  amen. 

taking  within  the  brief  space  of  an  hour.  If,  on  the 
contrary,  the  soul  be  torpid  and  diffident,  he  intensifies 
this  torpor,  and  endeavours  to  bring  to  pass  that  it 
should  not  make  one  good  resolve  throughout  the 
year.  We  must,  then,  hold  fast  to  what  St.  Ignatius 
lays  down  in  the  following  Rule  — "  In  order  to 
advance  in  the  spiritual  path,  the  soul  must  ever 
tend  to  the  opposite  of  that  to  which  the  enemy 
strives  to  drag  it.  So  that  if  he  endeavour  to  make 
the  conscience  still  more  lax,  we  should  make  it 
more  strict,  and  relax  it  when  he  tries  to  bind  it 
too  tightly.  Thus,  by  keeping  aloof  from  the  dangers 
of  either  extreme,  will  the  soul  abide  in  tranquil 
medium  and  in  a  state  of  safety."  We  may  here, 
in  passing,  call  attention  to  St.  Ignatius'  extraordinary 
prudence,  which  shines  forth  in  this  rule.  For  to 
the  slothfully  inclined  we  must  uncompromisingly 
prescribe  that  they  follow  after  fervour,  and  make 
their  conscience  more  strict.  We  must,  indeed,  guard 
against  the  extreme  of  an  excessive  fervour ;  but  the 
danger  of  such  as  these  falling  into  it  is  very  remote. 
No  so  with  those  who  lean  to  an  excessive  strictness. 
Not  that  we  are  to  advise  them  needlessly  to  follow 
a  lax  and  tepid  conscience  (this  were  too  dangerous 
a  counsel  for  our  corrupt  nature) ;  they  are  to  be  told 
to  avoid  the  extreme,  and  to  establish  themselves 
calmly  and  securely  in  a  medium  state.  The  Latin 
version  quoted  above,  in  prescribing  for  such  a  certain 
relaxation  or  laxity,  clearly  means  that  they  are  to 
be  kept  from  either  extreme,  not  that  they  are  to  be 
driven  into  an  opposite  one.  This  is  plain  from  the 
wording  of  the  Spanish  original,  which  is  literally  as 


The  Form  or  Method  of  this  Examen.     29 

follows — "If  the  enemy  strive  to  make  the  conscience  too 
lax,  he  should  make  it  more  strict ;  if  the  enemy  strive 
to  make  it  too  strict,  so  as  to  draw  it  to  an  extreme,  the 
soul  is  to  try  to  establish  itself  in  the  middle,  so  that  it 
may  be  wholly  at  peace"  But  what  is  this  middle 
state  ?  It  is  fervently  to  resolve  against,  and  manfully 
to  resist,  the  vice  we  are  contending  with. 

We  presuppose  all  along  that  this  conflict  is  to  be 
an  enduring  one,  since  death  alone  can  bring  undis 
turbed  peace.  Nor  in  so  protracted  a  struggle  can 
we  fail  to  receive  wounds  which  must  be  healed  by 
penance.  And  the  contest  will  have  to  be  renewed 
by  fresh  purposes  against  the  enemy  that  has  laid  us 
low.  Such  is  the  way  to  subdue  our  vicious  habits, 
to  get  rid  of  our  perverse  inclinations ;  not  indeed  by 
smothering  them  at  one  effort,  that  were  impossible, 
but  by  gradually  weakening  them,  bearing  patiently 
with  their  uprising,  and  beating  back  their  assaults 
with  earnestness. 

In  the  other  extreme  are  to  be  found  those  who 
never  have  any  fixed  or  settled  purpose,  but  whose 
spiritual  progress  is  wholly  limited  to  certain  inward 
devotions  and  consolations,  and  some  outward  austeri 
ties  or  penalties ;  for  the  rest,  they  give  themselves  up 
to  the  guidance  of  their  inclinations,  and  are  carried 
away  by  the  torrent  of  their  evil  habits.  Souls  such 
as  these  may  never  hope  to  attain  real  or  solid  virtues 
and  true  detachment  of  heart,  which  in  our  miserable 
fallen  state  cannot  be  acquired  without  violence  and 
conflict.  Now,  where  this  cannot  be  shirked,  there 
must  needs  be  a  resolution,  which,  as  we  have 
observed,  requires  a  resolve.  Now  a  resolve,  as  we 


3O     The  Form  or  Metliod  of  this  Ex  amen. 

said  heretofore,  is  but  a  bracing  up  of  the  will  to  a 
struggle  with  some  difficulty  repugnant  to  our  natural 
inclination.  Since,  then,  to  lay  down  one's  arms  is 
to  avow  a  defeat,  the  same  may  be  said  of  one  who 
desists  from  making  a  resolve;  for,  like  one  who  is 
worsted,  he  gives  his  ghostly  foe  an  opportunity  of 
putting  forth  all  his  strength,  and  of  winning  a  victory. 
For  he  that  makes  a  resolve  withstands  his  vices,  for 
it  is  by  this  the  struggle  begins.  He,  then,  that  does 
not  make  any  resolution  (who  may  be  called  a  pur 
poseless  man),  as  well  as  he  who  persists  not  in  his 
resolve,  yields  without  a  struggle  to  his  antagonists. 
Rightly  is  it  asserted  by  the  author  of  the  Imitation 
of  Christ,  that  "  the  origin  of  every  evil  temptation  is 
instability  of  soul."*  He  calls  an  evil  temptation  that 
which  overcomes  the  soul  and  obtains  its  purpose.  A 
temptation  which  does  not  succeed,  but  which  the 
will  rejects,  is  not  evil,  but  advantageous  to  him  who 
gains  a  victory  over  his  enemy.  The  origin  of  our 
disasters  and  of  the  victory  of  the  tempter  is  instability 
of  soul,  or  not  keeping  to  our  resolve.  The  same 
author  sets  this  forth  in  a  very  apt  similitude — "  For," 
says  he,  "  as  a  ship  without  a  rudder  is  tossed  to  and 
fro  by  the  waves,  so  is  a  slothful  man  who  keeps  not 
to  his  resolution  tempted  in  manifold  ways."  No 
comparison  could  more  aptly  fit  the  case  of  a  soul 
assailed  by  temptations,  which  are  like  the  waves  of  a 
raging  sea.  u  They  mount  up  to  heaven,  and  go  down 
even  to  the  depths  "\  The  security  against  shipwreck 
is  in  the  rudder,  for  as  St.  James  says — "Behold  ships, 
althought  they  be  so  great,  and  are  driven  by  fierce  winds, 
*  Book  i.,  chap,  xiii.,  n.  5.  f  Psalm  cvi.  26. 


The  Form  or  Method  of  this  Examen.     31 

yet  are  they  turned  about  with  a  very  small  rudder 
whithersoever  the  desire  of  the  helmsman  willeth"*  It 
is  with  this  that  the  pilot  steers  the  ship,  ploughs  the 
waves,  makes  a  stand  against  the  winds,  and  surmounts 
the  raging  billows.  Now,  what  a  ship's  rudder  is  in 
a  storm,  gives  us  to  understand  what  a  firm  purpose 
does  for  one  under  temptation.  For  if  he  will  but 
stand  to  it,  he  steadies  himself,  governs  his  actions, 
and  defends  himself  from  the  waves  of  temptation 
which  beat  against  his  resolution.  Should  the  ship 
lose  its  rudder,  shipwreck  is  inevitable.  So  does  a 
soul  without  resolution  yield  to  temptation.  All  that 
we  have  set  forth  in  this  chapter  may  be  made  clear 
by  this  one  comparison,  which,  at  the  same  time,  sets 
forth  the  way  wherein  we  are  to  wage  war  on  our  vices. 
We  must  make  resolutions,  and  that  constantly,  nor 
deem  the  battle  over  after  we  have  formed  our 
purpose,  as  if  our  passions  were  forthwith  brought 
under,  and  our  evil  habits  overcome.  For  like  as 
neither  the  rudder,  nor  the  cunning  of  the  pilot,  nor 
the  labours  of  the  crew  ever  on  the  alert,  can  avail  to 
hinder  the  vessel  from  being  continually  tossed  and 
from  shipping  seas;  like  as  a  ship  cannot  be  still  amid 
a  raging  sea;  as  a  captain  cannot  reasonably  expect  that 
his  passengers  will,  in  rough  weather,  go  through  their 
voyage  without  sea-sickness;  as  it  is  ever  necessary  for 
the  pilot  to  keep  his  eyes  fixed  on  the  compass,  and 
his  hand  to  the  helm,  especially  when  the  winds  are 
high,  if  he  really  intend  to  reach  the  port  he  has  set 
out  for — the  same  holds  good  of  our  spiritual  navi 
gation.  For  though  a  firm  resolve  be  in  the  truest 
*  St.  James  iii.  4. 


32     The  Form  or  Method  of  this  Examen. 

.sense  the  rudder  of  our  soul,  by  means  of  which, 
under  the  inspirations  of  divine  grace,  we  are  to  make 
'.the  harbour  of  virtue,  yet  does  it  not  calm  the  tumult 

•  of  our  passions,  nor,  owing  to  our  frailty  and  heedless- 
ness,  hinder  our  craft  from  leaking  at  several  points, 
so  that  we  must  needs  renew  our  purpose,  and  lighten 

-our  vessel  by  means  of  repentance. 

We  may  find  another  no  less  apt  illustration  in  the 

.great  tidal  rivers  ;  unless  their  waters  be  kept  confined 
within  their  banks,  they  will  overflow  and  destroy 

-crops,  the  hopes  of  a  future  harvest,  cattle,  flocks, 
forests,  men,  and  whole  cities,  and  will  overwhelm 
whatever  they  meet  in  their  course.  Our  passions, 
unless  checked,  do  us  no  less  harm.  Now,  that  which 

•  opposes  their  violence,  is  our  resolution  to  go  counter 
.to  them.     This  it  is  which,  like  a  bank  or  earthwork, 
deadens  and  holds  their  violence  in  check.    And  even 
.as  the  rivers  already  mentioned  are  not  deprived  of 
their  destructive  force  by  the  precautions  taken  against 
it,  but  are  ever  in  conflict  with  those  who,  by  raising 
banks  or  by  other  contrivances,  impede  their  overflow 
and  confine  them  within  their  bed ;  as,  too,  we  must 
never  cease  from  strengthening  the  obstacles  we  put 
in   their  way  until   the  might  of  their  tempestuous 
waves  are  broken,  and  they  be  securely  kept  within 
limits — thus  are  we  to  control  our  passions,  as  they 
are  far  more  pertinacious,  nor  to  be  subdued  by  one 
resolution,   but   by  repeated  purposes  persevered  in 
until  our  will  is  ready  to  forego  what  is  forbidden, 

.  and  to  rest  content  within  the  boundaries  of  what  is 
virtuous  and  lawful. 

It  is  thus  obvious  that  our  war  against  our  vices 


The  Form  or  Method  of  this  Examcn.     33 

must  begin  with  a  resolution,  and  likewise  that  such 
resolution  does  not  deprive  our  evil  habits  of  their 
strength,  nor  prevent  them  from  warring  against  us, 
and  from  striving  to  overthrow  our  resolution.  In 
this  twofold  conflict  we  must,  therefore,  take  it  for 
granted  that  our  resolve  will  not  render  us  invulner 
able,  and  that  we  should  not  lose  heart  when  stricken 
by  the  foe.  This  is,  in  substance,  the  advice  of  the 
author  of  the  Imitation  of  Christ,  who  on  the  first 
point  observes — "  Let  us  strive  as  much  as  we  like, 
yet  shall  we  fail  slightly  in  many  things."  *  On  the 
second,  he  says — "  If  he  that  makes  a  firm  purpose 
falls  short,  what  will  that  man  do  who  seldom  or 
feebly  purposes  ?"t 

*  Book  i.,  chap,  xix.,  n.  3.        *f  Book  i.,  chap,  xix.,  n.  2. 


34  On  the  Qualities  requisite 

CHAPTER  IV. 

ON    THE    QUALITIES   REQUISITE    FOR  A   GOOD    PURPOSE. 

TO  bear  fruit,  it  is  requisite  that  a  resolution  have 
(i)  a  determinate  matter;  it  demands  (2)  discre 
tion  in  order  to  be  effectual ;  (3)  steadfastness,  lest  it 
be  easily  set  aside ;  (4)  humility,  so  as  not  to  lean  on 
its  own  strength;  (5)  daily  increase  that  it  may  attain 
the  summit  of  perfection. 

To  begin,  then,  we  must  not  rest  satisfied  with  vague 
and  general  resolves,  as  were  that  of  keeping  God's 
commandments,  or  of  striving  after  the  perfection 
proper  to  our  state,  but  as  the  author  of  the  Imitation 
of  Christ  aptly  warns  us — "We  must  ever  purpose 
something  definite.""-  It  must  be  such  as  to  be 
distinctly  realized  by  the  understanding.  We  are 
next  to  make  a  return  on  ourselves  to  inquire  whether 
we  really  do  fulfil  what  we  purpose,  and  add  thereto 
an  examen  as  to  whether  we  have  fulfilled  it.  For  as 
men's  actions  are  concerned  with  determinate  and 
individual  objects,  indefinite  purposes  can  have  no 
fulfilment,  unless  they  be  restricted  to  something  in 
particular.  Hence  the  Apostle  saith — "/ therefore  so 
run,  as  not  uncertainly;  so  fight  /,  as  not  beating  the  air  "\ 
For  of  a  truth,  he  is  beating  the  air  and  runs  aimlessly, 
\vhose  purposes  are  indefinite  and  general. 

Next,  the  resolution  must  be  discreet — proportioned, 
'chat  is,  to  our  actual  powers  of  body  and  mind.  "  Seek 

*  Book  i.,   chap,  ix.,  n.  3. 
t  I  Cor.  ix.  26. 


for  a  Good  Purpose.  35 

not  what  is  above  thee"*  is  the  warning  of  the  Holy 
Ghost.  For  even  as  a  traveller  to  a  far  off  country, 
first  sets  before  him  the  land  he  intends  to  reach,  and 
then  maps  out  a  direct  and  well  defined  road  to  be 
kept  to  from  the  outset  to  the  term  of  his  journey, 
and  having  once  started  makes  use  of  prudence  and 
caution  lest  he  exhaust  himself  by  overhaste,  or  linger 
on  the  road  by  being  too  slow ;  and  then  divides  his 
journey  into  daily  stages  of  so  many  miles  or  leagues ; 
the  like  holds  good  of  the  matter  now  under  treat 
ment.  Here  too,  after  determining  in  particular 
what  are  the  actions  we  undertake  to  amend,  those 
especially  with  which  we  have  to  make  a  beginning, 
we  must  next  have  recourse  to  discretion,  and  fore- 
caste  the  accidents  and  difficulties  of  the  path  on 
which  we  are  about  to  enter,  and  take  in  hand  forthwith 
some  less  difficulty  which  is  within  reach,  nor  out  of 
proportion  with  our  present  disposition.  More  of  this 
anon,  when  we  shall  have  come  to  the  object  of  this 
kind  of  examen,  and  shall  explain  why  the  conflict 
with  a  single  vice,  and  the  striving  after  one  virtue 
requires  to  be  thus  minutely  divided  into  parts.  For 
though  all  our  hopes  must  rest  on  the  aid  and  almighty 
power  of  God,  which  is  well  able  mightily  and  swiftly 
to  overcome  all  difficulties,  yet  is  it  the  wont  of  His 
Providence  to  order  all  things  sweetly.  To  these  two 
qualities  must  be  added  a  third,  to  wit — our  purpose 
should  be  steadfast,  and  not  liable  to  waver.  This 
steadfastness  regards  both  the  time  when  we  resolve, 
and  the  moment  of  execution.  Some  resolutions  are 
so  faint  at  the  very  outset,  that  it  is  obvious  they 
*  Ecclus.  iii.  22. 

D    2 


36  On  the  Qualities  requisite 

cannot  be  lasting,  but  are  wanting  in  strength  to  cope 
with  temptation.  Let  each  one  observe  in  what  wise 
men  usually  resolve  to  increase  their  gains,  and  to 
avoid  future  loss,  and  determine  to  shape  on  their 
model  our  strivings  to  diminish  our  vices  and  to  grow 
in  virtue.  This  is  the  aim  of  the  admonition  of  the 
Wise  Man — "  If  thou  call  upon  wisdom  and  bow  down 
thy  heart  to  knowledge,  if  thou  seek  her  like  money,  and 
dig  for  her  as  for  treasures,  then  shalt  thou  understand 
the  fear  of  the  Lord,  and  shalt  find  the  knowledge  of 
God."  *  Money  is  sought  after  with  anxiety,  and 
treasures  are  dug  up  from  the  bowels  of  the  earth 
with  toil ;  these  are  in  a  measure  needed  for  the 
acquisition  of  spiritual  store.  Feeble  resolves  are  like 
the  purposes  of  sleepy  people,  or  of  the  same  kind  as 
those  formed  by  the  sluggard,  who,  disputing  with  his 
pillow,  does  nought  but  softly  turn  on  the  other  side. 
To  such  as  he  doth  the  Holy  Ghost  say — "  How  long 
wilt  thou  sleep,  thou  sluggard?  When  wilt  thou  arise 
from  thy  slumbers  ?  A  little  more  sleep,  yet  a  little 
slumber,  a  little  folding  of  the  hands  to  sleep :"t  Like 
as  the  will  of  the  sluggard  is  not  what  it  seems  to  be, 
so  neither  do  such  resolutions  find  their  fulfilment  in 
action,  for  after  manifold  and  magnificent  purposes 
the  man  grows  old  in  a  deplorable  plight.  Let  then 
your  resolves  be  steadfast  and  high-minded,  lively, 
and  conceived  in  great  fervour  when  you  make  them. 
But  this  steadfastness  is  no  less  needed  when  the 
time  comes  for  action.  A  falling  short  on  this  head 
may  have  a  twofold  origin,  either  in  the  feebleness  of 
judgment,  or  in  the  faint-heartedness  of  the  will.  By 
*  Prov.  ii.  3,  4,  5.  t  Prov.  vi.  9,  10. 


for  a  Good  Purpose.  37 

the  former,  I  mean  that  which  causes  us  to  withdraw 
from  what  we  have  proposed,  though  no  fresh 
motives,  or  sufficient  ones,  occur  to  us.  I  have  dealt 
with  this  more  fully  in  part  i.,  book  ii.,  chapter  xxxi., 
of  the  Spiritual  Path. 

St.  Ignatius  holds  up  this  failing  to  reproof  where 
he  says — "If  a?iy  one  hath  chosen  aught  that  can  be 
changed,  with  due  mctJwd  and  order,  apart  from  all  bias 
of  the  world,  and  of  the  flesh  (apart,  that  is,  from  all 
carnal  or  worldly  motive),  he  has  no  reason  for 
reversing  his  choice,  but  should  rather  strive  to  advance 
more  and  more  therein."*  This  failing  arises,  likewise, 
from  the  faint-heartedness  of  our  will  in  the  case, 
when  the  resolution  still  endures,  but  is  broken  at  the 
time  of  execution,  and  when  the  soul  shrinks  within 
itself  on  beholding  the  difficult)-.  Of  these  has 
Solomon  meetly  written,  "The  sluggard  desires,  and 
desires  ;z<?/."t  He  desires  when  making  his  resolution, 
he  withdraws  from  his  desire  when  he  becomes  aware 
of  the  difficulty  attending  it.  He  desires  while  as 
yet  he  has  nothing  to  do,  but  he  desires  not  when  the 
work  has  to  be  taken  in  hand.  He  desires  when 
pondering  the  beauty  of  virtue  and  its  rewards,  but 
desires  not  when  he  finds  that  this  flower  is  hedged 
round  by  thorns.  Thus  does  it  come  to  pass,  as 
Solomon  bears  witness,  that  his  desires  and  purposes 
vanish  in  thin  air,  "Like  clouds  and  winds  without  rain 
is  whoso  boasteth  himself  and  keeps  not  his  promises."^ 

*  "Introduction  to  the  knowledge  of  the  objects  of  election," 
point  iv. 

t  Prov.  xiii.  4. 
t  Prov.  xxv.  14. 


38  On  the  Qualities  requisite 

"Meetly,"  says  Venerable  Bede,  "is  he  called  a 
sluggard,  who  would  reign  with  Christ,  and  will  not 
strive  with  Christ,  who  takes  delight  in  the  reward, 
but  flinches  from  the  conflict  when  commanded. 
Concerning  such  does  St.  James  say,  "  He  is  a  double- 
minded  man,  unstable  in  all  his  ways."*  And  Eccle- 
siasticus — "  Woe  be  to  double  hearts  .  .  .  and  to  the 
sinner  that  goeth  two  ways"\  For  such  a  one  goes 
two  ways,  that  of  perfection  he  resolves  upon,  and 
the  way  of  his  lusts,  wherein  he  really  walks.  He 
goes  by  the  former  in  design  and  purpose,  but  in  the 
latter  by  deed  and  performance.  It  is  as  if  two  souls 
dwelt  within  a  man  of  this  sort ;  and,  in  truth,  he  has 
a  twofold  tendency;  the  one  inclining  him  to  what  is 
perfect,  the  other  to  imperfection  and  evil.  While 
endeavouring  to  follow  both,  he  halts  in  either  path. 

There  is  but  one  remedy  for  him  who  suffers  under 
this  ailment;  it  is  to  consider  attentively  the  term 
and  end  of  his  ways,  and  not  to  be  deterred  by 
difficulties,  for  "Narrow  is  the  way  that  leadeth  unto 
life."%  Of  the  other  way,  it  is  written,  "There  is  a 
way  that  scemeth  right  unto  a  man,  but  the  end  thereof 
are  the  ways  of  death." §  The  rigour  of  God's  judg 
ments  may  spur  the  slothful  man  into  action,  as  the 
Psalmist  bears  record  of  himself — "/  remembered 
Thy  judgments  of  old,  O  Lord,  and  comforted  myself  "\\ 
St.  Ambrose  observes  hereon— "Unless  each  one  be 
grounded,  and  trained  by  the  examples  under  the  law, 
and  believe  the  judgments  of  God  to  be  sure,  he  will 
soon  turn  aside  from  the  law."  The  judgments  God, 

*  St.  James  i.  8.  t  Ecclus.  ii.  14. 

J  Matt.  vii.  14.         §  Prov.  xvi.  25.         ||  Psalm  cxviii.  52. 


for  a  Good  Purpose.  39 

as  executed  from  the  beginning  of  the  world,  are 
hidden  from  none,  those  that  remain  to  be  executed 
at  the  end  will  be  made  manifest  "By  this  remem 
brance,"  says  the  Psalmist,  "  have  I  comforted  myself" 
which  means,  in  St.  Augustine's  view  of  this  passage— 
I  have  been  roused  and  stirred  up.  For  this  remem 
brance  is  a  powerful  inducement  to  break  through 
difficulties,  be  they  what  they  may.  To  conclude, 
then,  we  must  steadfastly  resolve,  and  courageously 
perform,  after  the  example  of  him  who  exclaims — "  / 
have  sworn  and  have  steadfastly  proposed  to  keep  Thy 
just  judgments"*  Showing  by  his  oath  the  steadfast 
ness  of  his  resolve,  as  St.  Augustine  explains  it — 
"  For  he  calls  that  an  oath  which  he  had  steadfastly 
proposed  by  a  holy  vow.  For  the  soul  should  be  as 
firm  in  the  observance  of  God's  righteous  command 
ments,  as  it  ought  ever  to  be  in  keeping  to  the  oath 
whereby  it  has  pledged  itself." 

*  Psalm  cxviii.  106. 


4O  Of  two  other  Qualities 


CHAPTER   V. 

OF    TWO    OTHER    QUALITIES    OF    A    GOOD    RESOLUTION, 

THE  fourth  requisite  is  that  the  resolution  be 
humble,  which  contributes  in  no  small  degree 
to  its  stability.  For  like  as  the  solidity  of  a  building 
rests  on  the  foundations  thereof,  so  does  the  stability 
of  our  purposes  rest  on  humility,  which  is  the  ground 
work  of  every  virtue.  We  frequently  fall  short  of  our 
resolves  through  timidity  and  distrust,  both  of  which 
obstacles  arise  from  our  comparing  the  difficulties  we 
have  to  overcome  with  our  own  strength,  not  with 
that  of  God  and  of  His  gracious  aid.  If  God's  help 
be  at  hand,  what  can  we  resolve  upon  that  we  shall  be 
unable  to  perform.  As  the  author  of  the  Imitation 
of  Christ  says — "  The  resolutions  of  the  just  are 
grounded  rather  upon  God's  grace  than  on  their  own 
wisdom.  In  it  do  they  constantly  put  their  trust, 
happen  what  may.  For  man  proposes,  but  God 
disposes;  nor  is  a  man's  way  in  his  own  power."* 
It  is  a  mark  of  a  humble  resolution  if  help  be  sought 
in  prayer,  meditation,  pious  reading,  the  invocation  of 
the  Saints,  in  penances,  and  temporal  trials,  and  such 
like,  for,  being  the  tokens  of  humility  of  heart,  they 
greatly  avail  to  obtain  God's  help.  For  God  it  is- 
"  Who  resists  the  proud,  but  gives  grace  to  the  humble  "\ 
On  the  other  hand,  they  that  rely  on  their  own 
strength  come  to  experience  what  the  Psalmist  says 
of  himself — "As  for  me,  I  had  said  in  my  prosperity \ 
*  Book  i.,  chap,  xix.,  n.  2.  -  t  St.  James  iv.  6. 


of  a  Good  Resolution.  41 

/  shall  not  be  moved  for  ever.    .    .    .    Thou  didst  hide 
Thy  face  from  me,  and  I  became  troubled"* 

A  humble  resolution  is  not  on  that  account  pusil 
lanimous  ;  rather  does  it  embrace  whatever  it  intends 
with  God's  help  to  overcome.  Although  the  soul  is 
well  aware,  and  with  the  Apostle  exclaims,  "Iknou* 
that  there  dwells  not  in  me,  that  is,  in  my  flesh,  any 
good"\  yet  is  it  convinced  that  He  Who  has  given  it 
to  will,  will  also  grant  it  to  do.  Wherefore,  with  the 
same  Apostle  does  it  say  —  "Forgetting  the  things 
which  are  behind,  and  stretching  forth  unto  the  things 
that  are  before,  I  press  toward  the  mark  for  the  prize  of 
the  heavenly  calling  of  God  in  Christ  Jesus. ."J  It 
should,  therefore,  be  a  settled  principle  with  such  as 
are  desirous  of  making  progress,  that  they  are  to  put 
on  the  armour  of  humility,  and  daily  to  stir  them 
selves  up  to  an  increase  of  perfection,  which  is  the 
last  quality  of  a  good  and  steadfast  resolution,  and 
most  necessary  for  all  that  follow  after  perfection. 
For  as  we  read  in  the  Imitation  of  Christ,  "  The 
measure  of  our  progress  is  in  direct  proportion  to  our 
resolution."^ 

We  may  perceive  a  great  and  manifold  diversity  in 
this  regard  among  those  that  strive  after  virtue.  Some 
there  are  who,  with  heroic  fortitude,  aspire  to  what  is 
most  perfect,  and  the  greater  their  progress  the  more 
does  their  path  seem  to  stretch  out  before  them. 
Others  aim,  as  St.  Ignatius  puts  it,  but  at  "attaining 
a  certain  degree,  wherein  their  soul  may  find  m/."|| 
This  is  but  to  lead  the  common  ordinary  life,  free 

*  Psalm  xxix.  7,  8.      t  Rom.  vii.  18.      J  Phil.  iii.  13,  14. 
§  Book  i.,  chap,  xix.,  n.  2.          ||  Annot.,  18. 


42  Of  two  other  Qualities 

from  all  reproaches  of  conscience,  and  hence  with 
hopes  of  salvation.  Another  set  aspire  not  even  to 
this,  being  conscious  to  themselves  of  hidden  failings, 
and  resting  content  with  the  name  and  repute  of 
goodness  and  honesty,  which  causes  them  carefully 
to  avoid  whatever  might  lower  them  in  the  esteem 
of  their  fellows. 

Each  of  these  classes  presents  in  its  turn  divers 
subdivisions  and  shades  of  difference ;  still,  for  every 
one  does  the  maxim  we  have  just  now  quoted  hold 
good,  "  The  measure  of  our  progress  is  in  direct  pro 
portion  to  our  resolution"  Whoso  aims  high  makes 
rapid  progress  in  grace,  while  he  that  rests  content 
with  his  poverty  remains  poor.  From  the  beginning 
of  one's  conversion  to  the  term  thereof,  our  advance 
ment  is  wholly  made  up  of  resolutions,  more  or  less 
perfect.  He,  then,  that  is  desirous  of  advancing  must 
endeavour  to  push  forward  his  resolutions,  in  order 
that  they  may  tend  to  a  yet  more  excellent  way. 

To  state  briefly  what  we  have  hitherto  said  on  the 
formation  of  resolutions,  I  beg  and  pray  them  who 
have  recently  entered  on  the  path  of  righteousness  to 
gird  themselves  to  keep  the  commandments  and 
precepts  of  the  Lord,  with  the  resolve  of  a  manful 
and  steadfast  soul,  that  (without  any  vow  or  oath) 
they  may,  with  the  Psalmist,  be  able  to  say — "  I  have 
sworn,  and  have  steadfastly  purposed,  to  keep  Thy 
righteous  judgments"  Let  beginners,  and  such  as  are 
taken  up  with  ridding  themselves  of  their  faults, 
determine  to  chastise  their  bodies,  to  subdue  their 
rebellious  passions,  so  that  reason  may  govern  appe 
tite,  that  the  day  may  dawn  and  the  day-star  which 


of  a  Good  Resolution.  43 

is  clouded  and  often  extinguished  by  the  pleasures 
of  the  flesh  and  the  allurements  of  sense,  may  arise  in 
their  hearts.  Look  at  Daniel — "  He  purposed  in  his 
heart  that  he  would  not  defile  him  self  with  the  portion  of 
the  King's  meat,  nor  with  the  wine  he  drank"*  For 
though  the  King  had  appointed  them  a  daily  pro 
vision  of  the  King's  meat,  and  of  the  wine  he  drank, 
he  so  prevailed  with  the  prince  of  the  eunuchs  that, 
as  he  had  purposed  in  his  heart,  he  took  no  other 
food  than  water  and  pulse.  Thus,  too,  Solomon, 
when  he  strove  to  acquire  virtue — "  I  thought  (i.e.,  I 
resolved)  in  my  heart  to  withdraw  myself  from  wine, 
that  I  might  acquaint  my  soul  with  wisdom,  and  might 
avoid  folly,  till  I  might  see  what  was  good  for  the  sons 
of  men."  \ 

They  that  have  made  progress  should  resolve  to 
comply  with  the  light  from  on  high,  and  with  the 
divine  inspirations,  so  as  to  "  discern  what  is  the  will 
of  God,  good,  and  well-pleasing,  and  perfect  "\.  and  to 
order  their  doings  by  that  light,  according  to  that  of 
Wisdom — "  /  loved  her  above  health  and  beauty,  and 
chose  to  have  her  rather  than  light,  for  her  brightness 
never  wanes." §  The  perfect,  in  other  words,  such  as 
are  wholly  detached  from  all  things  created,  and  lifted 
up  above  them  in  order  to  be  united  with  God,  and 
to  enjoy  Him  alone,  should  say,  with  the  Psalmist — 
"  Whom  have  I  in  Heaven  but  Thee?  And  beside 
Thee  there  is  none  on  earth  in  whom  I  delight.  "\\  For 
a  soul  detached  from  things  created,  by  prayer  and 
contemplation  is  united  to  its  Maker;  wherefore  the 

*  Dan.  i.  8.  t  Eccles.  ii.  3. 

J  Rom.  xii.  2.         §  Wisdom  vii.  10.         ||  Psalm  Ixxii.  25. 


44      Other  Qualities  of  a  Good  Resolution. 

Psalmist  forthwith  adds — "As  for  me,  to  ding  to  God 
is  good  for  me,  to  put  my  trust  in  the  Lord  my  God" 
that  is,  in  the  one  and  only  God.  But  as  pure  love 
is  proved  by  works,  from  this  love  do  flow  works  not 
private  merely,  but  public,  and  the  soul  that  is  stable 
in  its  purposes,  and  laden  with  the  fruits  thereof, 
finds  itself  urged  to  declare  before  all  the  people  the 
wondrous  doings  of  God.  For  the  Psalmist,  having 
said  that  he  clings  to  God,  and  that  his  trust  is  placed 
in  Him  alone,  continues — "  That  I  may  tell  of  all  Thy 
works,  that  is,  Thy  perfections,  in  tJic  gates  of  the 
daughter  of  Zion" 

Such  are,  in  a  few  words,  the  steps  by  which  we 
are  to  advance  in  our  resolves.  Each  purpose  must  be 
accompanied  by  works  corresponding  to  its  appro 
priate  degree,  until  we  have  reached  the  summit  of 
perfection.  This  will  suffice  for  the  first  part  of  the 
Particular  Examen,  the  morning  resolution,  to  wit. 
Now  pass  we  to  the  second  part,  that  is,  to  the 
care  wherewith  we  are  to  reduce  this  resolution  to 
practice. 


Our  Morning  Resolution.  45 


CHAPTER   VI. 

OF    THE    CARE    WE    ARE    TO    TAKE    TO    PUT    OUR 
MORNING    RESOLUTION    INTO    PRACTICE. 


next  part,  or  the  second  point  of  the 
_L  Particular  Examen,  now  comes  under  conside 
ration,  and  it  is,  at  the  same  time,  its  main  end,  to 
wit  —  that  the  purposes  we  form  in  the  morning 
concerning  the  uprooting  of  vice,  and  the  implanting 
of  virtue,  and  which,  for  the  sake  of  greater  efficacy, 
we  restrict  to  some  one  vice,  or  virtue,  in  particular, 
be  put  into  practice.  It  were  useless  to  propose  what 
is  never  performed;  and  his  labour  is  fruitless  who 
strives  to  please  God  only  with  his  will  ;  he  deludes 
himself  who,  making  little  of  the  fruit  of  good  works, 
rests  satisfied  with  the  flowers  of  good  desire.  He 
who  planted  a  fig-tree  in  his  vineyard,  came  not  to 
seek  flowers,  but  fruit,  and  as  for  three  years  he  had 
found  no  fruit,  he  ordered  it  to  be  cut  down,  saying, 
"Wherefore  cumber  eth  it  the  ground  '?"  Not  that  we 
are  to  infer  that  no  account  must  be  made  of  the 
flowers  of  good  works;  rather  should  we  earnestly 
strive  after  them,  and  set  great  store  by  them,  not 
only  because  of  the  intrinsic  beauty  wherewith  they 
delight  us,  or  the  savoury  smell  which  refreshes  (such 
being  the  fruits  of  good  purposes,  by  the  very  fact  of 
their  being  formed)  ;  but  mainly,  because  of  the 
promise  of  the  delicious  fruits  accruing  from  the 
works  to  be  done,  which  are  contained  in  these 
purposes  as  in  their  germ.  The  trees,  in  early  spring, 


46        Of  the  Care  we  are  to  take  to  put 

put  forth  buds,  and  are  covered  with  blossoms,  many 
of  which,  owing  to  the  violence  of  winds,  rains,  and 
frosts,  disappoint  the  hope  of  the  planter.  Thus,  too, 
does  our  soul  clothe  itself  with  verdure,  put  forth 
blossoms  in  plenty,  and  under  the  genial  breezes  of 
divine  grace,  teem  with  good  desires;  of  which  few 
only  attain  the  maturity  of  actual  performance.  Let 
the  flowers  of  good  purpose  bloom  luxuriantly,  lest 
there  be  a  dearth  of  the  good  works  which  are  to 
spring  therefrom.  But  whoso  at  early  morn  carefully 
gathers  the  dew  of  the  divine  inspiration,  and 
abounds  in  good  purposes,  must  proceed  cautiously 
as  the  day  speeds  on,  and  endeavour  to  make  the 
good  purposes  formed  in  the  morning  fructify.  This 
care  is  the  most  important  part  of  the  Particular 
Examen,  without  which  it  might  be  said  of  us — "/« 
the  morning  it  flour  is heth  and  springs  afresh;  in  the 
evening  it  is  cut  down  and  withereth"*  This  failure  of 
our  morning  resolutions,  and  their  so  frequently 
coming  to  naught  at  their  very  outset,  may  be 
ascribed  to  two  causes.  To  their  object,  on  account 
of  the  greater  or  less  difficulty  we  meet  with  in  their 
performance ;  and  this  obstacle  is  met  by  our  fervour. 
Or  it  may  be  attributed  to  the  person  who  makes  the 
resolution,  who,  through  heedlessness,  becomes  un 
mindful  of  his  purpose,  so  that,  unwittingly,  and  by 
the  force  of  habit  and  of  natural  inclination,  he  is  led 
away  from  his  resolve ;  and  this  is  to  be  remedied  by 
our  carefulness.  The  Apostle  sets  forth  this  twofold 
caution  in  the  words — "In  diligence  not  slothful ;  in 
spirit  fervent "  \  It  is  a  part  of  such  diligence  not  to 
*  Psalm  Ixxxix.  6.  f  Rom.  xii.  n. 


our  Morning  Resolution  into  Practice.      47 

forget  our  resolution  of  the  morning ;  and  by  fervour 
of  spirit  we  are  enabled  to  perform  it.  Diligence 
makes  us  beware  of  the  occasions  of  the  sin  we 
propose  to  correct,  fervour  helps  us  to  maintain  our 
innocency  when  an  unavoidable  occasion  presents 
itself.  Diligence  will  make  us  familiarly  acquainted 
with  such  considerations  as  help  us  to  the  virtue  we 
aim  at ;  fervour  will,  by  means  of  them,  invigorate  the 
will.  For  as  boiling  water  rises,  despite  the  force  of 
gravitation,  and  drives  away  the  flies  that  approach  it, 
so  too  is  the  soul  enabled,  by  its  fervent  desires,  to- 
counteract  the  dead  weight  of  its  carnal  propensities, 
and  to  set  aside,  without  difficulty,  harmful  sugges 
tions.  But  to  attain  this  much,  it  is  requisite  that 
this  inward  fire  be  not  newly  kindled,  but  that  it 
habitually  burn;  and  diligence  will  feed  it  with  meet 
considerations,  as  with  fuel,  and  by  means  of  medi 
tation,  as  with  a  bellows,  will  direct  into  such  a  blast 
as  to  enlighten  the  mind  thereby,  and  inflame  the 
will  to  earnest  performance.  Carelessness  and  luke- 
warmness  being  thus  got  rid  of,  the  soul  becomes 
diligent  and  fervent ;  for  without  these  qualities,  this 
Examen  will  hardly  avail  it  aught.  Yet.  if  we  look 
more  closely  into  the  subject,  this  twofold  means  may 
be  reduced  to  one,  to  wit,  to  our  resolution  in  the 
morning;  not,  indeed,  a  resolution  either  languid  or 
wavering,  but  a  lively,  effectual,  and  fervent  purpose, 
proceeding  from  a  genuine  desire  to  overcome  the 
vice  we  are  attacking,  and  of  acquiring  the  opposite 
virtue,  accompanied  with  an  insatiable  craving  for  the 
increase  of  God's  glory,  and  the  complete  fulfilment 
of  His  will.  This  is  agreeable  to  the  teaching  of 


48         Of  the  Care  we  are  to  take  to  put 

St.  Basil,  in  his  shorter  Rule,  where  he  asks  what  is 
meant  by  one  fervent  in  spirit.  He  answers,  such  a 
one  who,  "with  earnest  desire,  and  insatiable  craving, 
and  persevering  diligence,  does  the  will  of  God, 
through  the  love  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  according 
to  that  of  the  Psalmist — * In  His  commandments  doth 
he  take  exceeding  delight'  "*  And,  in  truth,  this  ardour, 
this  hunger  and  thirst  after  justice,  suffice  of  them 
selves  to  stir  up  and  stimulate  the  soul  to,  neglect 
nought  that  may  ensure  the  due  performance,  through 
out  the  day,  of  the  purpose  we  made  at  rising. 

St.  Ignatius  supplies  three  suggestions,  as  so  many 
props,  most  suited  and  efficacious  for  maintaining  this 
fervour,  (i)  To  limit  our  resolution  to  a  brief  space 
of  time,  as  from  morning  till  noon,  from  noon  till 
bedtime.  (2)  Frequently  to  renew  our  purpose. 
(3)  Not  to  lose  heart  when  we  fall,  but  to  gain 
courage  from  our  very  bruises,  and  to  renew  the 
conflict  with  more  earnest  resolutions.  By  these 
means,  which  should  ever  be  accompanied  by  con 
stant  and  fervent  prayer,  he  assures  us  of  winning 
the  victory  in  the  end. 

To  begin  then,  it  will  be  of  great  avail  for  getting 
rid  of  the  qualms  and  pusillanimity  of  the  imagina 
tion,  to  limit  the  time  of  the  struggle,  and  to  confine 
our  resolve  to  a  brief  space.  Travellers  to  a  great 
distance  are  wont  to  make  use  of  this  means;  they 
know  full  well  how  to  disguise  the  weariness  of  a 
long  journey,  by  dividing  it  into  easy  stages,  and 
by  fixing  their  minds  on  a  distance  their  eye  can 
measure;  thus  do  they  manfully  overcome  fatigue, 

*  Q.  259- 


our  Morning  Resolution  into  Practice.     49 

and  reach  at  length  to  the  term,  be  it  never  so 
distant.  Plutarch,  a  Pagan  philosopher,  bears  witness 
that  he  thus  succeeded  in  repressing  the  sallies  of  his 
vicious  passions,  and  especially  of  anger.  "This 
year,"  -said  he  to  himself,  "  I  will  be  moderate  in  my 
drink ;  during  this  month,  I  will  carefully  keep  from 
lying,  even  in  joke;  in  the  following  month  I  will 
endeavour  to  practise  patience,  and  to  refrain  from 
every  angry  word."  He  assures  us  that  he  found  this 
method  most  advantageous.  St.  Ignatius,  on  this 
very  account,  breaks  up  the  time  into  short  intervals, 
in  that  he  prescribes  for  each  day  a  twofold  self- 
examination  in  order  to  amend  a  single  fault — one  at 
noon,  and  the  other  in  the  evening,  so  .that  our  reso 
lution  at  rising  extends  but  to  noon,  and  that  we 
make  at  noon  goes  no  further  than  the  evening,  for  he 
says — "Having  done  thus  much,  he  will  renew  his 
resolution  to  keep  himself  in  check  for  the  remainder  of 
the  day." 

The  practical  application  of  this  method  demands 
that  we  should  dismiss  the  past  from  our  mind,  and 
not  forecast  the  future ;  that  we  consider  ourselves  as 
engaging  in  the  conflict  for  the  first  time  this  very 
morning,  and  that  it  will  come  to  a  close  at  noon; 
that  it  recommences  at  noon  to  finish  with  the  day. 
In  order  to  this,  we  must  not  allow  our  memory 
to  recur  to  bygones,  and  are  to  close  our  eyes  to  all 
that  lies  beyond  the  term  prefixed,  be  it  noon  or 
'night  For  the  thought  of  even  half  a  day,  if 
weighted  with  past  and  future  troubles,  were  too 
heavy  a  load  to  be  borne.  Let  each  one  renew 
himself,  so  to  speak,  daily,  and  start  on  the  assump- 
E 


5o       Of  the  Care  we  are  to  take  to  put 

tion  that  he  now  takes  up  this  exercise  for  the  first 
time,  and  that  it  is  his  first  encounter  with  the  foe. 
For  most  truly  was  it  said  by  St.  Gregory — "  By  the 
very  fact  of  living,  the  fervour  of  our  soul  diminishes. 
...  As  a  garment  wears  out  by  use,  so  that  at  length 
a  new  one  is  needed,  so,  too,  our  purpose  and  fervour 
slacken  and  grow  vapid,  unless  renewed.  The  way  of 
such  renewal  is  to  forget  the  things  that  are  behind, 
and  to  stretch  forward  to  what  lies  before  us,  pre 
cisely  in  the  same  manner  as  if  we  were  now 
beginning."*  Wherefore  he  observes  further  on — 
"  The  just  persevere  in  a  new  life,  for  that  they  daily 
begin."t  And  elsewhere — "The  soul  that  ever  strives 
by  its  desire  to  begin  anew,  can  never  relax  into 
torpor.  Hence  St.  Paul  warns  us,  '  Be  you  renewed  in 
the  spirit  of  your  mind.'  Hence,  too,  the  Psalmist, 
though  he  had  reached  the  summit  of  perfection, 
says,  as  one  beginning,  i  I  said,  now  do  I  begin'  For, 
of  a  truth,  if  we  would  not  weary  of  our  good  under 
takings,  it  is  most  needful  that  we  daily  look  upon 
ourselves  as  beginners. "  J  Thus  far  St.  Gregory.  The 
author  of  the  Imitation  of  Christ  writes  in  the  same 
spirit — "Wherever  we  be,  we  ought  to  walk  before 
Him,  as  pure  as  Angels.  We  must  daily  renew  our  pur 
pose,  and  stir  ourselves  up  to  fervour,  as  if  this  were 
the  first  day  of  our  conversion,  and  say,  "O  Lord  God, 
assist  me  in  my  good  purpose,  in  Thy  holy  service, 
and  grant  me  to  begin  perfectly  to-day,  for  what  I  have 
hitherto  done  is  n ought.  "§  For  this  self-renewal,  and 
tp  avoid  the  weariness  which  may  arise  from  the  past, 

*  IO  Morals,  on  Job  xxvii.         f  Ibid.        %  Morals,  iv. 
^  Book  i.,  chap,  xix.,  n.  i. 


our  Morning  Resolution  into  Practice.     51 

a  consideration  such  as  this  will  prove  most  effectual. 
To  escape  the  disgust  which  the  length  of  the  future 
may  occasion,  as  we  imagine  each  day  we  renew  our 
purpose  to  be  the  first,  so  may  we  think  that  it  may 
also  be  our  last.  By  this  means  our  resolution  will 
become  more  efficacious,  as  it  is  confined  within 
shorter  intervals.  The  Imitation  of  Christ  contains 
the  like  observation,  when  it  says — "  We  should  make 
our  resolution  from  festival  to  festival,  as  if  we  were 
then  to  pass  out  of  the  world  in  order  to  go  to  the 
everlasting  festival."  If  it  be  asked  how  we  may 
restrict  our  resolution  to  half  a  day,  knowing  full  well 
that  we  shall  have  to  keep  it  for  our  whole  lives  ?  we 
may  answer,  that  you  are  not  sure  that  the  sun  of 
your  life  will  not  set  before  this  noon,  or  this  very 
night.  Happy  the  man  who  daily  struggles  as  if  he 
were  that  very  day  to  bring  his  conflict  to  its  term, 
and  whom  the  end  of  life  finds  thus  combatting. 
Granting  that  our  life  may  be  protracted  to  a  greater 
length,  what  can  better  contribute,  will  I  ask,  to 
living  aright,  than  to  be  earnest  and  diligent  each 
day  to  improve  it,  and  to  lay  aside  the  uncertain 
expectation  of  months  and  years  to  come?  You 
will  meet  with  many  who  wax  fervent  in  order  to 
sustain  the  conflict  of  one  day,  but  who  lose  their 
energy  if  the  conflict  have  to  be  renewed  on  the 
morrow. 

At  times  they  will  not  dare  to  face  the  chance  of  a 
wound  to-day,  because  they  foresee  the  disaster  of 
the  morrow.  As  if  the  foe  they  manfully  withstand 
to-day  will  not  be  weaker  to-morrow,  or  the  gracious 
help  they  are  now  putting  to  such  good  use  were  to 
E  2 


52       Of  the  Care  we  are  to  take  to  put 

fail  them  then.  Find  me  a  man  who  will  refuse 
bread  offered  him  to-day,  for  fear  of  falling  short  on 
the  morrow.  Or  who  will  not  put  on  his  garment 
now  from  the  uncertainty  he  is  in  as  to  his  getting 
another  ?  Countless  other  instances  may  be  alleged 
to  put  such  cowardice  to  the  blush.  "  Be  not  careful 
for  the  morrow"  says  Christ.  The  morrow  may  never 
dawn.  But  granting  it  will—-"  The  morrow  shall  care 
for  itself.  Sufficient  for  the  day  is  the  evil  thereof""4  If 
you  load  to-day  with  the  toil  of  the  morrow,  take 
heed  lest  you  fall  beneath  the  burden.  If  Christ,  in 
this  very  passage,  forbids  anxiety  about  food,  raiment, 
and  the  needs  of  this  life,  for  that  our  Father  in 
Heaven  will  not  allow  such  as  seek  the  Kingdom  of 
God  to  want  them;  how  much  more  care  will  not 
our  Father  take  to  supply  the  necessaries  of  spiritual 
life  to  them  that  are  earnest  in  seeking  His  Kingdom. 
If  an  earthly  father  forthwith  gives  the  bread  of  this 
life  to  his  child  that  asks  him,  "How  much  more 
shall  your  Father  from  Heaven  give  the  Holy  Spirit  to 
them  that  ask  Him  ? "  t  It  is  therefore  plain,  that 
though  the  purpose  of  this  conflict  have  to  be  daily 
renewed,  the  battle  must  each  day  be  fought  as  if  the 
war  were  only  then  beginning,  and  as  if  nothing 
remained  to  be  done  after  the  coming  noon  or 
evening.  The  time  of  the  battle  being  thus  shortened, 
what  craven  will  allow  a  few  slight  qualms  to  hinder 
his  striving  manfully  ? 

But  a  resolution  made  on  this  plan  still  seems  to 
labour  under  one  disadvantage,  in  that  being  limited 
to  so  brief  a  space,  it  has  no  influence  for  the  future 
*  St.  Matt.  vi.  34.  t  St.  Luke  xi.  13. 


our  Morning'  Resolution  into  Practice.     53 

that  is  beyond  it.  Now,  this  disadvantage,  if  it  be 
one,  is  amply  provided  against  by  the  frequent  renewal 
of  our  resolution.  St.  Ignatius  requires  us  to  make 
our  resolves  in  the  morning  as  soon  as  we  rise  until 
noon,  and  again  at  noon  for  the  remainder  of  the  day. 
He  does  not,  however,  require  us  to  make  a  fresh 
resolution  at  night,  either  because  he  refers  us  to  the 
Fifth  Point  of  the  General  Examen,  taking  for  granted 
that  every  scrutiny  of  our  faults  must  end  in  sorrow 
for  them,  and  in  a  purpose  of  amendment ;  or  because 
there  seems  to  be  no  great  necessity  of  renewing  our 
purpose  as  sleep  soon  follows  upon  this  examen,  and 
that  it  may  on  that  account  be  deferred  to  the  time  of 
rising.  For,  as  in  this  struggle  the  devil  can  harm 
only  such  as  are  awake;  to  a  valorous  combatant  in 
this  arena  it  ought  to  be  one  and  the  same  thing  to 
awake  from  sleep  and  to  arm  himself  anew  with  his 
resolution.  During  the  course  of  the  day  there  is  no 
room  for  hesitation,  but  the  end  of  the  term  of  one 
purpose  must  be  the  beginning  of  another  still  more 
fervent  one.  St.  Ignatius,  to  tell  the  truth,  demands 
even  more,  to  wit — that  as  often  as  we  fail  in  our 
resolution  during  the  day,  we  renew  it  by  putting  our 
hand  to  our  breast  and  sorrowing  for  our  fault.  We 
imd  this  in  the  first  Addition.  The  first  is,  that  as 
often  as  the  person  "shall  have  committed  a  sin  of  this 
sort,  placing  his  hand  on  his  breast,  he  will  be  sorry  for 
his  fall,  which  may  be  done  without  being  noticed  by 
vthers  present" 

No  special  efficacy  is  assigned  to  this  outward 
gesture,  which  serves  but  to  move  us  to  reflect  in 
order  to  the  acknowledgment  and  reparation  of  our 


54       Of  the  Care  we  are  to  take  to  put 

fault,  to  warn  us  to  make  an  act  of  sorrow,  and  out 
wardly  to  attest  that  we  renew  our  resolution.  These 
inward  acts  are  of  the  greatest  avail  for  the  amendment 
of  the  fault  we  have  committed,  nor  is  the  outward 
gesture  without  its  use  in  helping  us  to  make  them 
inwardly ;  for  no  sooner  do  we  fall  and  go  astray,  by 
that  outward  sign,  as  by  a  sort  of  penalty,  do  we 
compel  ourselves  to  renew  our  good  purpose.  This 
renewal  is  wholly  conformable  to  reason,  and  the 
need  of  it  is  proportionate  to  our  frailty  and  to  the 
frequency  of  our  falls. 

This  diligence  further  shakes  off  torpor,  and 
prevents  us  from  turning  our  back  on  the  object  of 
our  pursuit,  though  we  be  never  so  often  driven  back 
by  passion  or  evil  habit.  For  a  fall  cannot  dishearten 
us  if  it  afford  us  an  occasion  of  strengthening  our 
purpose.  A  certain  longanimity  is  here  requisite; 
and  as  we  confine  our  resolution  to  short  periods 
of  time,  so  must  we  allow  a  long  interval  for  the 
gaining  of  a  complete  victory.  For  he  who  writes 
— "In  the  morning  resolve,  at  evening  examine 
thy  doings;"*  also  says — "If  we  were  to  uproot 
but  one  vice  every  year,  we  should  soon  become 
perfect  men." t  And  elsewhere — "By  slow  degrees, 
by  patience,  and  long-suffering  (God  helping),  you 
will  succeed  better  than  by  your  own  stubbornness 
and  importunity."  J  Whence  it  is  obvious  that  the 
mid-day  and  evening  examen  do  not  mean  that  the 
whole  undertaking  can  be  completed  in  the  space  of 
a  whole  or  half  day,  but  that  this  care  and  diligence 

*  Imitation,  book  i.,  chap,  xix.,  n.  4. 
*i"  Ibid.,  chap,  xi.,  n.  5.  %  Ibid,y  chap,  xiii.,  n.  4. 


our  Morning  Resolution  into  Practice.     55 

greatly  contribute  to  your  success.  Still,  however, 
you  may  deem  yourself  most  lucky  if  you  succeed  in 
a  year's  time. 

To  conclude,  let  us  hearken  to  St.  John  Chrysostom 
prescribing  to  habitual  swearers  a  means  of  getting  rid 
of  that  degrading  custom :  on  the  one  hand,  he  requires 
intense  and  daily  diligence;  on  the  other,  he  inculcates 
great  patience  and  courage  even  after  a  relapse.  After 
having  for  many  days  feelingly  spoken  to  the  people 
of  Antioch  against  this  abuse,  he  says — "If  after  this 
you  urge  that  it  is  difficult  for  habit  not  to  take 
unawares  even  such  as  are  on  their  guard,  I  grant  it ; 
but  I  add  that  it  is  no  less  easy  to  amend  than  to  be 
surprised.  For  if  at  home  you  set  many  sentinels 
everywhere,  as,  for  instance,  your  servant,  wife,  friends, 
being  thus  hedged  in  and  restrained  on  every  side,  you 
will  soon  get  rid  of  your  evil  custom.  If  you  keep  to 
this  but  for  ten  days,  you  will  need  it  no  further ;  but 
by  courage  all  will  be  restored  to  you."'"  .  .  .  "When 
therefore  you  set  about  amending  this  fault,  whether 
you  break  your  resolution  once,  twice,  or  thrice,  or 
twenty  times,  do  not  lose  heart,  but  rise  again,  resume 
your  struggle,  and  you  will  surely  be  victorious."  t 
Thus  far  St.  John  Chrysostom. 

*  Homily  to  the  People  of  Antioch,  xxviii. 
+  Ibid.,  xcviii. 


56  Of  the  Times  of  this  Examen 


CHAPTER  VII. 

OF    THE    TIMES    OF    THIS    EXAMEN,     AND    THE     FOUR 
ADDITIONS    CONCERNING    IT. 

FROM  what  we  have  heretofore  said,  it  is  obvious 
that  the  first  step  in  this  Examen  is  the  desire 
and  purpose  of  correcting  some  one  defect,  which, 
like  a  goodly  flower  watered  by  the  dews  of  heavenly 
grace,  and  cherished  by  an  outpouring  from  on  high, 
begins  to  bud  forth  at  early  morn  in  the  garden  of 
the  heart.  In  the  course  of  the  day  we  must  be 
diligently  careful  to  make  the  fruits  of  good  works 
correspond  with  the  flowers  of  holy  desires.  This  will 
be  greatly  forwarded,  if  the  morning  resolution  be 
frequently  renewed  and  our  endeavours  be  confined 
within  a  brief  interval.  Nor  are  we  to  relax  in  our 
efforts,  however  often  our  frailty  or  evil  habits  may 
cause  us  to  relapse  into  the  fault  we  have  purposed 
to  avoid.  It  remains,  in  order  to  the  daily  diminution 
of  these  defects,  that  we  take  an  exact  account  of 
them  at  appointed  times,  and  that  with  the  Spouse, 
"  We  get  up  early  (in  due  time  and  with  all  diligence) 
to  the  vineyards,  and  see  whether  the  vines  flourish, 
whether  the  blossoms  contain  the  tender  grape"* 
St.  Gregory,  in  his  commentary  on  this  passage,  says  : 
"The  Spouse  rises  early  to  go  to  the  vineyards;  he 
sees  whether  the  vines  flourish,  in  that  he  takes  strict 
account  of  all  the  progress  of  the  Church."  The  care 
the  Spouse  has  for  the  Church,  which  causes  her  to 
*  Cant.  vii.  12. 


and  the  four  Additions  concerning  it.      57 

Inquire  whether  the  desires  inspired  from  on  high  bear 
fruit,  is  the  care  we  should  take  of  the  vineyard  of  our 
soul.  The  method  of  this  Examen  is  reduced  to  two 
points,  (i)  To  take  account  of  the  faults  committed 
from  morning  till  noon,  and  to  note  their  number  in 
a  book  provided  for  that  purpose.  (2)  To  compare 
the  sum  total  of  the  morning  with  that  of  the  evening, 
which  are  to  be  set  down  likewise ;  to  compare  in  like 
manner,  day  with  day,  week  with  week,  month  with 
month,  to  discover  whether  we  are  advancing,  or 
falling  back.  St.  Ignatius  supposes  us  to  have  at 
hand  a  book,  with  two  lines  ruled  for  each  day,  or 
one  equal  in  length  to  both,  above  which  as  many 
points  are  marked  as  we  have  committed  faults  in 
the  forenoon,  while  underneath  are  to  be  set  down 
those  of  the  afternoon.  And  as  these  numbers  may 
reasonably  be  expected  to  decrease,  the  lines  are 
made  to  diminish  in  length.  This  is  especially  set 
forth  by  St.  Ignatius,  when,  after  the  four  Additions, 
he  says — "It  may  be  seen  from  the  following  figures, 
that  the  longest  line  is  set  opposite  the  Sunday,  or  what 
ever  day  may  be  the  first;  the  next,  which  is  somewhat 
shorter,  is  for  the  Monday,  and  so  on  to  the  end,  as 
it  may  reasonably  be  hoped  that  the  number  of  faults 
will  diminish"  This  is  the  method  prescribed  by 
St.  Ignatius.  We  may  make  use  of  a  different  one, 
if  it  but  be  adapted  to  the  ends  which  we  have 
described  above.  This  being  presupposed,  the  method 
of  this  Examen  differs  not  from  that  of  the  general 
examen,  as  St.  Ignatius  declares  as  follows — "  The 
second  time  is  about  noon,  when  he  must  beg  of  God 
grace  to  recall  how  often  he  has  fallen  into  this  particular 


58  Of  the  Times  of  this  Examen 

sin,  or  fault,  and  to  beware  of  it  for  the  future.  He 
then  makes  the  Examen,  calling  his  soul  to  account  as  to 
the  sin  or  vice  aforesaid,  going  through  each  portion  of 
the  bygone  day,  from  the  time  of  rising  to  the  present, 
how  often  he  has  committed  it,  and  then  shall  he  make 
as  many  dots  as  there  are  faults  on  the  upper  line  of  the 
annexed  table.  Having  performed  this,  he  will  renew  his 
purpose,  to  restrain  himself  more  carefully  during  the 
remainder  of  the  day."  Such  are  the  prescriptions  of 
the  sainted  author,  wherein,  passing  by  the  first  point 
of  the  general  examen,  he  briefly  details  the  remain 
ing  four  points  of  this  examen.  To  these  points  he 
adds  the  noting  down  of  the  number  of  falls,  as  being 
most  suitable  to  this  exercise,  and  easy  of  practice 
with  regard  to  a  special  defect,  for  in  the  general 
examen  on  all  our  faults  it  were  difficult,  not  to  say 
impossible.  Toward  night,  the  third  time  of  this 
exercise,  another  examen  is  to  be  made,  concerning 
which  St.  Ignatius  says,  "  The  third  time  is  the  evening, 
at  which,  after  supper,  the  second  examen  is  to  be  made, 
by  going  in  the  same  manner  over  every  hour  since  the 
last  examen  to  the  present,  recalling  and  counting  in 
likewise  the  number  of  times  he  has  failed,  and  setting 
down  an  equal  number  of  dots  on  the  lower  line,  as 
drawn  in  the  annexed  table,  which  is  provided  for  that 
purpose." 

We  have  two  observations  to  make  concerning  this 
Examen.  (i)  It  is  not  enough  to  seek  out  the  number 
of  our  falls,  but  we  should  further  see  what  has  been 
the  occasion  thereof;  nor  is  a  mere  purpose  of  amend 
ment  to  be  deemed  sufficient,  but  we  must  seriously 
forecast  these  occasions  of  falling.  The  fruit  of  such 


and  the  four  Additions  concerning  it.      59 

inquiry  will  be  not  only  to  render  us  more  cautious 
when  the  occasion  recurs,  but  also  to  relieve  the 
monotony  of  this  examen,  by  a  search  into  the 
occasion  of  our  transgressions,  and  into  the  remedies 
thereof,  which  we  must  effectually  arrive  at.  (2)  As 
the  examen  is  preceded  by  a  petition  for  light,  and 
followed  by  contrition,  or  sorrow  for  the  faults  dis 
covered  to  us  by  the  examen,  toth  the  preliminary 
prayer,  and  the  compunction  which  follows,  will  avail 
as  much,  nay  even  more,  than  the  examen  itself  to 
make  us  gain  a  knowledge  of  our  faults.  Not  that 
this  ought  to  induce  us  to  neglect,  or  to  make  little 
account  of  the  examen,  but  rather  to  avoid  the 
example  of  some  who  make  it  without  asking  for 
light,  and  without  an  act  of  sorrow.  For  both  of  these 
contribute  to  render  the  examen  more  easy,  and  give 
an  increase  of  light,  and  bear  more  abundant  fruit.  For 
compunction  opens  the  eyes  of  the  mind,  and  prayer 
brings  light.  But  this  prayer  requires  a  soul  at  peace, 
and  devoid  of  passion,  while  compunction  supposes 
a  humble  soul  distrustful  of  self,  as  we  have  before 
observed.  They  both  raise  the  soul  above  itself,  so 
that  being  illumined  with  a  ray  of  light  from  above, 
it  may  discover  whatever  lurks  within  the  heart.  Then 
will  it  no  longer  seek  to  palliate  or  excuse  its  short 
comings,  but  rather  on  discovering  them  will  it  be  its 
own  accuser.  This  is  a  lesson  given  by  St.  Gregory 
the  Great,  who  treating  of  the  necessity  of  examining 
into  our  virtues  and  faults  (of  the  latter,  lest  they 
disguise  themselves  under  the  mask  of  virtue ;  of  the 
former,  lest  they  degenerate  into  vice),  proceeds  to 
say,  "  These  virtuous  affections  are  more  easily  won 


60  Of  the  Times  of  this  Examen 

by  prayer  than  by  self-examination.  For  the  things 
we  strive  to  discover  within  ourselves  by  self-question 
ing,  we  ofttimes  more  clearly  penetrate  by  supplication 
than  by  research.  The  mind  being  lifted  on  high  by 
means  of  compunction  gains  a  more  certain  insight 
into  whatever  may  be  presented  as  concerning  itself, 
by  looking  down  upon  it  from  a  higher  level." 
Thus  far  St.  Gregory!'  Further  considerations  on  this 
preliminary  prayer  are  to  be  found  in  the  treatise  on 
the  General  Examen. 

In  the  second  place,  we  are  to  compare  and  set  in 
contrast  the  faults  we  have  committed  at  different 
times,  a  practice  which  is  especially  appropriate  to 
the  Particular  Examen.  On  this  head,  St.  Ignatius 
subjoins  the  three  following  additions — "  The  second  is 
that  having  at  night-time  counted  and  compared  the 
points  on  either  line,  the  upper  one  of  which  belongs  to 
the  first,  and  the  lower  to  the  second  examen,  he  will 
see  whether  in  the  interval  between  these  two  examens 
there  has  been  any  amendment.  The  third  is  to  compare 
together  the  examens  of  the  first  and  the  following  day, 
in  order  to  find  out  what  amendment  has  been  attained. 
The  fourth  is,  by  comparing  the  results  of  two  weeks 
with  each  other  to  take  account  of  the  amendment  made, 
or  not  made."  This  requires  rather  to  be  put  into 
practice  than  to  be  explained,  nor  could  a  more  exact 
instruction  for  such  a  purpose  be  imagined,  or  one 
more  conformable  to  the  maxims  of  the  ancient 
Fathers  on  this  point.  For  St.  Bernard  exhorts  his 
Monks  as  follows,  "The  present  day  must  be  com 
pared  with  the  foregoing  one,  in  order  to  discover  by 
such  comparison,  one's  progress,  or  backsliding."  The 


and  the  four  Additions  concerning  it.      61 

Mirror  for  Monks,  towards  the  end,  and  Dorotheus, 
in  like  manner  says  (Doctrine  10,  at  the  end),  "We 
must  examine  ourselves  not  only  every  day,  but  every 
season,  every  month,  every  week;  and  say  to  ourselves,. 
The  first  week  of  this  month  thou  wast  addicted  to  sucli 
a  vice,  how  art  thou  now  ?  Thus  should  we  diligently 
seek  out  whether  we  still  wallow  in  the  same  depths, 
or  whether  we  have  fallen  still  lower."  St.  Basil,  in 
his  turn,  "  Recall  to  thyself  towards  evening  thy  doings 
during  the  bygone  day,  and  set  them  side  by  side  with 
those  of  the  preceding  one.  And  strive  diligently  to 
improve  daily.  "* 

*  Sermon  on  Renouncement. 


62  The  Efficacy  of  this  Examen. 


CHAPTER  VIII. 

THE   EFFICACY   OF   THIS   EXAMEN. 

NONE  may  question  the  efficacy  of  this  examen 
when  duly  made  according  to  the  instructions 
of  our  holy  Founder,  St.  Ignatius.  Apart  from  ^Q 
advantages  resulting  equally  from  the  General  and 
from  the  Particular  Examen,  its  main  virtue  consists 
in  our  directing  all  our  inquiries  and  endeavours 
against  one  particular  vice  we  would  be  rid  of.  They 
who  are  overburdened  with  debt,  without  caring  to 
pay,  or  to  lower  their  style  of  living,  though  they  are 
wasting  their  estate,  and  gradually  sinking  into  beggary, 
are  vehemently  averse  from  looking  into  their  accounts, 
avoid  all  knowledge  of  their  debts,  lest  poverty,  which 
is  at  their  side,  should  present  itself  to  their  considera 
tion  and  meet  their  gaze.  While  thus  wilfully  shutting 
their  eyes  to  their  incumbrances,  they  can  fancy  them 
selves  rich,  and  flatter  themselves  that  others  deem 
them  such,  though  it  be  not  the  fact;  and  as  their 
burden  increases,  they  with  their  creditors,  at  length, 
sink  under  it.  Their  sole  chance  of  forestalling  ruin, 
is  to  put  their  accounts  in  order,  to  examine  them 
daily,  and  by  judicious  retrenchment  to  liquidate  their 
obligations.  Their  heedlessness  fittingly  represents 
that  of  a  spiritual  man  who  makes  no  use  of  this 
Particular  Examen.  He  shrinks  from  thus  searching 
into  his  conscience,  for  that  he  is  afraid  to  see  himself 
as  he  is,  he  prefers  that  his  faults  should  pass  unnoticed; 
he  deems  himself  religious,  making  some  outward  pro- 


The  Efficacy  of  this  Examen.  63 

fession  of  virtue,  yet  to  him  applies  the  rebuke  once 
addressed  to  the  Bishop  of  Laodicea,  "  Thou  sayest,  I 
am  rich,  and  I  have  become  wealthy,  and  have  need  of 
nothing;  and  knowest  not  that  thou  of  all  others  art  the 
wretched  one,  and  the  pitiable  one,  and  poor,  and  blind, 
and  naked" * 

Let  us  then  rest  assured  that  the  groundwork  of 
.all  self-amendment  is  the  knowledge  of  our  short 
comings.  For  how  shall  that  be  reformed  which  is 
excused,  palliated,  carefully  covered  up,  and  of  which 
we  are  ignorant  ?  On  the  other  hand,  it  is  impossible 
but  that  one  should  set  in  earnest  about  his  self- 
improvement  who  searches  into  his  faults,  numbers, 
and  sets  them  down,  comparing  day  with  day,  week 
with  week.  What  can  he  feel  but  confusion  who  with 
holy  David  is  able  to  say — "My  sin  is  ever  before 
me"?']'  We  must  set  about  amending  ourselves  in  the 
same  way  as  we  strive  to  bring  others  back  to  good. 
We  begin  by  convincing  them  of  their  faults.  We 
then  convict,  exhort,  and  rebuke,  according  to  the 
counsel  of  the  Apostle — "Preach  the  word,  be  urgent 
in  season,  out  of  season,  convict,  exhort,  rebuke  in  all 
long-suffering  and  teaching"  \  Would  you  know  when 
you  are  to  rebuke  ?  The  Apostle  makes  answer — In 
season,  out  of  season.  Would  you  be  told  what  this 
means?  St.  Chrysostom,  in  his  Homily  on  this 
Epistle,  replies — "What  means  in  season,  out  of 
season,  in  due  time,  and  out  of  due  time  ?  This : 
have  no  fixed  time,  let  every  moment  be  the  proper 
time  for  you;  not  only  that  of  calm  and  peace,  or 

*  Apoc.  iii.  17. 
t  Psalm  1.  J  2  Tim.  iv.  2. 


64  The  Efficacy  of  this  Examen. 

when  you  are  sitting  in  the  church,  but  amid  perils,, 
whether  you  be  bound  in  prison,  or  laden  with  fetters, 
or,  when  doomed  to  death,  you  are  being  hurried  to 
the  scaffold;  shrink  not,  at  such  times,  from  con 
victing,  rebuking.  ...  If  you  rebuke  without  proofs, 
you  will  be  deemed  over  hasty,  no  one  will  bear  with 
you.  But  when  guilt  is  brought  home  to  the  culprit, 
he  will  more  easily  submit  to  rebuke,  else  he  will  be 
dead  to  shame.  If  you  convict  and  rebuke  passion 
ately,  and  omit  exhortation,  you  will  undo  everything. 
For  by  itself  rebuke  is  unbearable,  unless  tempered 
by  exhortation.  Like  as  a  sick  man  will  not  bear  the 
surgeon's  knife  unless  it  assuage  his  pain,  neither 
will  your  erring  brother."  These  prescriptions  of 
St.  Chrysostom  concern,  indeed,  the  correction  of 
our  neighbour,  yet  are  they  no  less  suited  to  self- 
correction,  in  that  they  include  the  three  points  of 
the  Examen.  (i)  A  palpable  self-conviction  of  one's 
faults  by  comparing  day  with  day.  (2)  Rebuke,  to 
stir  up  sorrow  and  shame.  (3)  Exhortation,  by 
consideration  exciting  to  confidence,  whereby  the 
purpose  of  amendment  is  strengthened.  It  were  well 
to  observe  at  this  point,  the  way  wherein  God  is  wont 
to  bring  the  sinner  back  to  Himself,  as  we  should 
make  use  of  the  self-same  in  our  own  case.  Hear 
what  God  does— "But  to  the  wicked  saith  God:  What 
hast  thou  to  do  to  tell  My  precepts,  and  that  thou  hast 
taken  My  covenant  into  thy  mouth  ?  Whereas  for  thee, 
thou  hatest  instruction,  and  hast  cast  My  words  behind 
thee:  when  thou  sawest  a  robber,  thou  consentedst  with 
him,  and  with  adulterers  has  been  thy  portion"  After 
the  enumeration  of  other  sins,  He  continues — "  These 


The  Efficacy  of  this  Examen.  65 

things  hast  thou  done,  and  for  that  I  kept  silence"  On 
that  account — "Thou  thoughtest  falsely,  that  I  was  like 
thyself;  but  I  will  rebuke  thee,  and  lay  the  matter  in 
order  before  thine  eyes"*  Which  shows  that  seeming 
to  take  no  notice  of  sin,  and  delaying  its  punishment, 
encourages  the  sinner  not  to  enter  into  himself,  as  if 
God  felt  no  displeasure  at  sins  which  He  does  not 
forthwith  chastise,  whence  he  is  emboldened  to  take 
delight  in  his  crimes.  In  like  manner  does  our 
inferior  man  give  full  swing  to  his  vices  when  reason 
winks  at  his  excesses,  and  blindfolds  itself  lest  it  see 
them.  For  this  the  only  remedy  is  that  which  God 
threatens — "/  will  rebuke  thee,  and  lay  thy  sins  in 
order  before  thine  eyes"  St.  Augustine,  in  his  Comments 
on  this  text,  says — "For  that  I  refrained  from 
vengeance,  put  off  My  severity,  and  with  redoubled 
patience  waited  long  for  thy  repentance,  Thou 
thought est  falsely  that  I  was  like  thyself.  It  is  not 
enough  for  thee  to  take  delight  in  thy  sins,  but  thou 
must  deem  them  pleasing  to  Me.  Not  feeling  God's 
vengeance,  thou  wouldst  hold  Him  for  thy  accomplice, 
for  a  partial  Judge,  for  thy  boon  companion.  /  will 
rebuke  thee.  And  what  shall  I  do  thereby  ?  At  present 
thou  art  hidden  from  thyself,  but  I  will  show  thee  to 
thyself.  For  didst  thou  see  thyself  and  wert  thou  dis 
pleased  with  thyself,  thou  wouldst  be  pleasing  unto  Me. 
But  for  that  not  seeing  thyself,  thou  art  content  with 
thyself,  thou  shalt  be  displeasing  both  to  Me  and  to 
thee;  to  Me  when  thou  shalt  come  to  judgment,  to 
thee  when  thou  art  burning.  For  what  is  it  I  shall  do 
to  thee,  but  set  thee  before  thy  face.  Thou  wouldst 
*  Psalm  xlix.  16. 


66  The  Efficacy  of  this  Examen. 

hide  from  thyself,  thou  hast  turned  thy  back  on 
thyself,  but  I  will  show  thee  thyself,  and  set  before 
thy  face  what  is  now  behind  thy  back.  Thou  shalt 
behold  thy  filthiness,  not  to  cleanse  it,  but  to  be  put 
to  shame."  Thus  does  St.  Augustine  apply  this 
passage  to  God's  rebuke  of  the  wicked  at  the  last 
day.  He  then  continues — "Is  he,  then,  to  whom 
these  things  are  said  to  despair?  In  nowise.  Do 
thou,  whoever  thou  art,  do  to  thyself  what  God  here 
threatens.  Cease  to  turn  thy  back  upon  thyself, 
hiding  from  thine  own  eyes,  set  thee  before  thyself. 
Go  up  to  the  judgment-seat  of  thy  conscience,  let 
fear  terrify  thee,  let  confession  break  forth  from  thy 
lips,  say  unto  thy  God — 'For  I  know  my  transgres 
sions  ,  and  my  sin  is  ever  before  me?  "  The  holy  Doctor 
takes  God's  judgment  as  a  model  of  that  we  should 
exercise  upon  ourselves  in  this  life,  and  shows  that 
the  first  step  to  conversion  is  the  knowledge  of  our 
faults  and  of  the  injury  they  do  to  us.  Now  such 
knowledge  is  the  fruit  of  this  Examen. 

In  conclusion,  we  may  observe  that  among  the 
rules  laid  down  for  this  self-examination,  some  are 
essential,  the  very  soul,  so  to  speak,  of  this  Examen, 
and  these  are  the  inward  acts  of  the  mind,  as,  for 
instance,  the  morning  resolution,  the  careful  and 
watchful  passing  of  the  day,  the  inquiry,  at  regular 
times,  into  the  number  of  our  falls,  contrition,  and 
purpose  of  amendment,  the  comparison  of  different 
periods,  so  as  to  take  account  of  one's  improvement. 
In  these  does  the  very  essence  of  this  Exercise 
consist.  Other  details,  though  not  indispensable,  yet 
are  useful  as  helping  to  make  the  Examen  more  easy, 


The  Efficacy  of  this  Examen.  67 

and  to  expedite  improvement ;  such  are  the  outward 
actions  of  laying  our  hand  on  our  breast  when  we  fall, 
of  noting  our  faults  in  a  book,  of  comparing  the 
morning  and  evening  account,  that  of  to-day  with 
yesterday's,  &c.  These  form  the  body  of  this  Exercise, 
and  enable  us  to  set  our  falls  before  our  eyes,  and  to 
feel  with  our  hands,  as  it  were,  their  diminution. 
This  is  no  recent  invention,  but  long  since  in  use 
among  those  who  strove  earnestly  for  their  advance 
ment.  John  Climacus,  in  his  Spiritual  Ladder,  writes 
as  follows — "Perceiving  that  a  Brother  carried  hanging 
to  his  girdle  a  small  book,  I  got  to  know  that  he 
daily  set  down  his  thoughts  therein,  and  was  wont  to 
give  account  of  them  to  his  Prelate.  He  was  not,  by 
a  good  many,  the  only  one  whom  I  saw  practise  this 
in  that  monastery.  I  learned  that  it  was  a  rule 
imposed  on  them  by  their  ghostly  Father."  *  Further 
on — "  He  is  a  most  clever  banker  who  daily  at  even 
tide  takes  account  of  his  gains  and  losses,  which 
cannot  be  done  with  accuracy  unless  they  be  hourly 
set  down  on  tablets.  For  when  entries  are  made  every 
hour,  the  day's  account  is  easily  balanced."  Whoso 
takes  this  method  of  uprooting  his  defects  cannot  fail 
of  the  victory. 

For  this  unwearying,  unintermittent  diligence  is  of 
such  avail,  that  it  must  needs  work  a  change  in  a  soul 
sunk  in  the  grossest  and  most  inveterate  evil  habits, 
uproot  sin,  and  implant  virtue.  In  truth,  it  will  more 
readily  enable  those  whom  the  rebellion  of  nature  has 
subjected  to  heinous  faults,  to  scale  the  summit  of 
perfection,  if  they  will  but  persevere  therein,  than 

*  Degree  4,  on  Obedience. 
F   2 


68  The  Efficacy  of  this  Examen. 

milder,  more  pliable,  and  gentler  characters,  who  are 
less  energetic  and  diligent  in  watching  over  them 
selves.  Most  truly  it  is  stated  in  the  Imitation  of 
Christ — "  He  that  is  diligent  and  earnest,  though  he 
have  more  passions  to  fight  against,  will  be  able  to 
make  greater  progress  than  another  with  fewer 
passions,  but  withal  less  fervent  in  the  pursuit  of 
virtue."* 

Thus  much  concerning  the  method  of  this  Examen,, 
now  pass  we  to  its  matter. 

*  Book  i.,  chap,  xxv.,  n.  4. 


The  Matter  of  the  Particular  Examen.    69 


CHAPTER  IX. 

THE  MATTER  OF  THE  PARTICULAR  EXAMEN. 

THIS  vast  field  may  be  mapped  out  into  three 
subdivisions.  The  first  is  the  sin,  fault,  or 
aught  else  we  wish  to  amend.  To  this  head  may  be 
reduced  whatever  regards  our  more  or  less  depraved 
natural  propensities,  whatever  is  sinful  and  opposed 
to  the  divine  law,  to  the  rules,  orders,  and  duties  of 
one's  state  or  condition.  Our  holy  Founder  has 
expressly  taught  this  kind  of  method,  in  that  he 
headed  his  four  Additions  with  this  title — Additions 
useful  for  the  more  easy  and  speedier  uprooting  of  what 
soever  sin  or  vice.  It  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  sin 
or  evil  habits  can  be  overcome,  either  directly  by 
repressing  them,  and  withdrawing  or  repelling  that  to 
which  our  propensity,  passion,  or  evil  habit  inclines 
us,  or  indirectly,  by  the  practice  of  the  opposite 
virtue;  and  this  forms  the  second  subdivision,  to  wit, 
the  exercise  of  virtue.  But  our  vices  must  first  be  put 
away  before  we  apply  ourselves  to  the  acquirement  of 
virtue.  The  husbandman  first  cleans  his  field  of 
nettles,  briars,  and  noxious  weeds,  ere  he  scatters 
over  it  the  good  seed;  in  like  manner,  he  who  tills  the 
field  of  his  heart  should  begin  by  destroying  his  vices, 
and  then  apply  himself  to  fostering  the  goodly  growth 
of  virtues,  which  may  not  only  bring  forth  the  fruit  of 
holiness,  but  may  in  a  more  excellent  way  check  the 
^undergrowth  of  vice.  The  difference  between  these 


70     The  Matter  of  the  Particular  Examen. 

two  methods  is  this  :  the  former,  aiming  as  it  does  at 
the  extirpation  of  sin,  is  for  beginners,  the  latter  for 
proficients  and  the  perfect.  Beginners  usually  surfer 
from  the  hinderances  these  thorns  put  in  their  way; 
wherefore  they  must  first  begin  by  clearing  them  off 
ere  they  sow  the  seeds  of  virtue,  according  to  the 
warning  of  Jeremias — "Sow  not  among  thorns"* 
This  being  accomplished,  the  Examen  is  to  be  applied 
to  progress  in  virtue,  in  order  that  our  vices  may  be 
more  utterly  overlaid,  and  that  the  soul  may  be 
disposed  to  the  highest  grade  of  charity,  which  sur 
passes  all  else. 

We  may  now  readily  see  what  reply  can  be  given 
to  those  who  ask  why  St.  Ignatius  in  treating  of  this 
Examen,  appoints  sins  and  evil  habits  as  its  matter, 
omitting  virtues.  This  most  able  master  imitates 
herein  him  who  would  put  a  wayfarer  into  the  right 
road.  He  gives  him  clear  directions  as  to  his  outset, 
but  leaves  it  to  the  traveller's  care  to  keep  to  the  path 
marked  out  for  him.  Now  the  first  step  in  the  way  of 
the  spirit  is  to  struggle  against  our  vices.  To  this,, 
then,  does  our  master  teach  us  to  direct  our  gaze, 
without  making  mention  of  virtue,  lest  perchance  he 
should  mislead  his  disciples  into  beginning  where  they 
ought  to  end.  The  conflict  with  vice  is  more  trying 
than  the  easy  and  far  more  pleasant  pursuit  of  virtue, 
and  this  might  lure  a  beginner  into  entering  upon  a 
path  better  suited  to  proficients  and  the  perfect.  The 
more  so  as  the  method  of  the  Examen  is  in  both  cases 
alike,  whether  its  matter  be  a  vice  or  a  virtue,  so  that 
he  who  knows  how  to  use  it  against  vice,  needs  na 
*  Jer.  iv.  3. 


The  Matter  of  the  Particular  Examen.     71 

one  to  direct  him  in  its  use  when  a  virtue  is  its  subject- 
matter.  For,  as  when  a  vice  is  in  question  we  must  make 
our  resolution  each  morning  to  guard  against  it,  sum 
up  the  number  of  our  falls,  compare  day  with  day,  &c., 
the  same  method  is  to  be  followed  with  a  virtue ;  we 
make  our  resolution,  we  take  account  of  the  number 
of  times  we  have  failed  to  keep  it,  &c.  So  that  in 
either  case  the  Examen  is  an  inquiry  into  our  short 
comings,  whether  it  be  a  fall  into  sin,  or  a  want  of 
fidelity  to  our  good  purpose:  in  both  cases  there  is 
obviously  a  fault.  Lastly,  our  holy  Father  expressly 
teaches  us  how  to  apply  this  Examen  to  our  Spiritual 
Exercises  (the  third  subdivision  of  this  vast  field)  by 
taking  note  of  our  failures  in  observing  the  additions 
and  instructions,  and  of  our  exactness  in  fulfilling  each 
duty  at  the  appointed  time  and  hour.  The  same 
method  will  serve  equally  for  this  third  category.  So 
that  the  three  heads  of  this  Examen  are  the  uprooting 
of  vice,  the  acquirement  of  virtue,  the  exact  fulfilment 
of  our  spiritual  duties.  St.  Ignatius  prescribes  that 
this  last  point  be  taken  as  the  subject-matter  of  our 
Particular  Examen,  throughout  the  four  weeks  of  the 
Spiritual  Exercises,  which,  as  will  be  noticed  further 
on,  is  to  be  done  at  other  times  as  well,  seeing  that  the 
increase  of  virtue,  and  the  subduing  of  our  vices,  and 
the  prosperous  growth  of  Christian  justice  within  us, 
depends  on  the  perfection  wherewith  we  perform  our 
spiritual  duties.  Passing  by,  for  the  present,  this  third 
arena  of  the  Particular  Examen,  we  will  say  somewhat 
concerning  the  conflict  with  vice,  and  the  acquiring  of 
virtue.  The  first  maxim  to  be  borne  in  mind  is  that 
we  must  aim  but  at  one  vice,  and  strive  after  one 


72     The  Matter  of  the  Particular  Ex  amen. 

virtue,  as  is  implied  in  the  very  name  of  this  Examen. 
Division  diminishes  our  strength,  while  union  increases 
it.  And  as  a  general,  when  invading  a  kingdom,  does 
not  scatter  his  forces  in  besieging  many  towns  at  once, 
but  keeps  them  united  in  order  to  invest  one  at  a 
time,  and  when  he  has  reduced  it,  leaving  a  garrison 
therein,  he  lays  siege  to  another ;  so  too  should  he 
act  who  sets  about  subduing  his  vices.  He  must 
encounter  but  one  enemy  at  a  time,  and  the  most 
formidable  one  to  begin  with,  as  is  well  said  by 
Abbot  Serapion,  in  chapter  xiv.  of  Cassian's  fifth 
Conference,  "  We  must  wage  war  in  this  fashion,  each 
one  after  examining  to  what  vice  he  is  most  prone 
will  direct  his  chief  efforts  against  it,  will  apply  with 
all  care  and  diligence,  and  fix  his  whole  attention  on 
opposing  it ;  at  this  will  he  aim  the  darts  of  his  daily 
fastings,  against  it  will  he  every  moment  hurl  the 
javelins  of  his  deep  drawn  sighs  and  meanings; 
against  this  will  he  direct  the  travail  and  meditations 
of  his  heart,  and  pouring  forth  with  God  his  prayers 
and  tears,  he  will  earnestly  beseech  Him  for  the 
happy  termination  of  this  conflict."  We  may  further 
learn  this  from  what  we  read  of  God's  plan  for 
introducing  His  people  into  the  land  promised  to 
their  fathers.  He  would  not  have  them  to  drive 
their  foes  before  them  in  a  single  year,  but  step  by 
step,  that  we  might  learn  in  what  manner  our  vices 
and  spiritual  enemies  are  to  be  overcome.  "  1 will 
not  drive  them  out  from  before  thee  in  one  year,  saith  the 
Lord.  By  little  and  little  will  I  drive  them  ottt,  until 
thou  be  increased.  I  will  send  hornets  before  thee,  which 
shall  drive  out  the  Hevite,  the  Canaanite,  and  the  Hethite 


The  Matter  of  the  Particular  Examen.    73 

before  thou  come  in"  *  Again,  "  Thou  didst  send  wasps, 
forerunners  of  Thine  host,  to  destroy  them  little  by  little"^ 
What  could  better  suit  our  subject  ?  For  the  scruples 
and  prickings  of  conscience  which  are  wont  to  work 
much  disturbance  to  those  that  strive  after  virtue, 
what  else  are  they,  but  swarms  of  hornets  and  wasps 
torturing  with  their  stings  those  who  are  resolved  to 
wage  war  upon  their  vices  ?  These  insects  destroying 
our  inward  peace,  seem  to  war  against  the  sinner 
himself;  but  it  is  against  his  vices  they  are  sent.  The 
power  of  sin  consists  in  an  appearance  of  somewhat 
delectable  and  good,  wherewith,  as  with  a  bait,  reason 
is  lured  to  a  headlong  plunge,  but  when  perplexity  of 
conscience  gives  the  soul  to  taste  the  bitterness 
lurking  under  this  sweetness — a  bitterness  ingrained 
in  sin,  but  which  escapes  observation  —  the  soul, 
wincing  under  these  goads,  abhors  its  past  deeds, 
is  spurred  on  to  do  battle  with  the  foes  it  has  hereto 
fore  favoured,  and  makes  effort  to  drive  them  off  as 
far  as  possible.  This  is  accomplished  best  by  degrees ; 
it  is  not  the  work  of  a  single  day,  or  month.  Mean 
while,  the  man  is  strengthened  in  spirit,  he  gathers 
into  his  soul  virtues,  which  as  a  garrison  keep  guard, 
and  take  the  place  vacated  by  his  former  sins.  Where 
gluttony  erst  held  sway,  temperance  now  rules  j  meek 
ness  is  enthroned  in  the  place  of  anger ;  mercy  and 
open  handedness  in  that  of  covetous  greed ;  chastity 
in  that  of  profligacy ;  courage  in  lieu  of  pusillanimity; 
and  pride,  which  is  mixed  up  with  all  sins,  now  yields 
the  place  to  humility.  Thus  is  every  vice  eradicated 
by  degrees,  when  we  combine  all  our  efforts  against 
*  Exodus  xxiii.  28,  29,  30.  f  Wisdom  xii.  8. 


74     The  Matter  of  the  Particular  Examen. 

a  single  foe,  and  by  the  same  means  are  all  virtues 
made  to  flourish,  but  as  was  said  we  must  direct  our 
endeavours  to  one  vice  or  virtue  at  a  time.  I  add, 
moreover,  that  not  only  should  we  aim  at  the  destruc 
tion  of  a  single  vice,  or  the  acquirement  of  one  virtue, 
but  further,  we  ought  to  divide  and  subdivide  such 
vice  or  virtue,  according  to  its  divers  good  or  evil 
fruits,  which  spring  from  it  as  so  many  branches  from 
a  stock.  Take  pride  as  an  instance :  it  predominates 
in  arrogant  thoughts,  in  boastful  words,  in  pompous 
actions;  on  the  other  hand  humility  casts  it  out  by  its 
works,  in  that  it  seeks  the  lowest  place  in  words,  in 
that  it  owns  to  its  shortcomings  in  thought  by  a  lowly 
esteem  of  itself,  and  a  readiness  to  meet  every  humilia 
tion.  This  holds  good  of  every  vice  or  virtue.  He, 
then,  that  would  gather  more  abundant  fruit,  let  him 
divide  the  several  branches  of  the  same  tree ;  in  this 
wise  will  his  attention  be  less  distracted,  and  his 
faults  more  easily  numbered,  as  the  matter  is  more 
sharply  denned,  since  the  force  and  efficacy  of  this 
Examen  mainly  consists  in  reflecting  on  our  faults,  in 
counting  and  comparing  them  together.  Whatever  else 
renders  these  operations  more  complete,  contributes,, 
moreover,  to  the  perfection  of  this  exercise. 


In  reply  to  certain  Objections.  75 


CHAPTER  X. 

IN    REPLY   TO    CERTAIN    OBJECTIONS   TO   THE    ABOVE. 

THIS  single  combat  is  far  from  safe,  nay,  it  is 
even  perilous.  For  we  are  unceasingly  assailed 
on  all  sides  by  so  many  vices,  that  if  we  employ  all 
the  energies  of  our  soul  in  the  conflict  with  one,  we 
are  in  danger  of  being  overcome  by  the  others. 
Judas  Machabeus  met  with  disaster  from  having 
divided  his  forces,  for  while  with  his  bravest  troops  he 
threw  himself  upon  the  right  wing  of  the  enemy, 
which  was  far  the  stronger,  and  routed  it,  another 
portion  of  his  army  was  put  to  flight  by  the  enemy, 
and  being  attacked  in  the  rear  by  the  victorious  foe, 
Judas  and  his  soldiers  were. slain.*  Who  should  not 
dread  his  sad  fate,  if  he  employ  all  his  energies 
against  one  only  vice,  and  that  the  most  powerful? 
But  they  who  are  practised  in  this  spiritual  warfare 
are  little  moved  by  this  objection.  They  are  well 
aware  that  they  cannot  thus  fight  against  one  vice 
without  attacking  all,  and  that  a  complete  victory 
over  this  one  enemy  is  the  undoing  of  the  rest  of  the 
conspirators.  As  one  virtue  acquired  in  perfection 
cannot  be  kept  without  drawing  all  the  others  in  its 
train,  wherefore  may  we  infer  that  among  the  several 
means  for  speedy  progress  in  perfection,  the  Particular 
Examen  may  claim  the  first  place.  This  will  appear 
beyond  question  if  we  but  look  to  its  matter,  method, 
and  actual  accompaniments.  Its  matter  are  our  vices, 
*  I  Much.  ix.  12. 


76  In  reply  to  certain  Objections. 

especially  that  which  predominates  within  us,  and  is 
the  head  of  all  the  rest  Now  as  all  vices  hold  more 
or  less  together,  and  afford  each  other  reciprocal  aid 
in  order  to  obtain  the  rule  over  our  hearts,  like  as  in 
drawing  one  link  of  a  chain  the  whole  chain  is  drawn, 
so,  likewise,  he  who  declares  truceless  war  against 
one  vice,  thereby  resists  all  others,  and  all  are 
involved  in  the  overthrow  of  one  enemy.  And  this 
applies  still  more  to  the  case  of  a  vice  which  is  the 
leader  of  all  the  others.  To  make  this  plain  by  an 
example,  let  us  take  covetousness,  or  love  of  money, 
as  an  instance  of  a  predominant  vice.  Every  other 
is  subservient  to  it  as  to  its  lord.  Pride  makes  little 
or  no  account  of  what  it  already  possesses.  Injus 
tice  puts  forth  its  hand  to  another's  goods.  Envy 
grudges  its  neighbour  his  gains.  Anger  chafes  at  the 
obstacles  to  one's  own  profits — and  so  on  of  other 
vices.  Now  if  all  vices  do  thus  take  up  arms  in 
defence  of  that  which  is  their  head,  it  is  plain  that 
when  this  latter  is  overthrown,  all  the  others  must 
needs  totter  to  their  fall.  He  who  attacks  a  monster 
with  many  feet  and  hands,  but  with  one  head,  will  not 
aim  at  these  several  members,  if  he  can  but  strike  at 
the  head,  which  if  once  severed  gives  him  a  complete 
victory.  In  like  manner,  arduous  and  bootless  strength 
is  wasted  in  the  conflict  with  vices  unless  we  aim  at 
the  head  of  them  the  deadly  blow  which  will  make  us 
victorious  over  all  the  others.  Of  this  the  Syrian 
monarch  was  well  aware  when  he  ordered  his  soldiers 
— "Fight  neither  with  small  nor  great,  save  only  with 
the  King  of  Israel."*  In  like  manner  in  the  war 
*  3  Kings  xxii.  31. 


In  reply  to  certain  Objections.  77 

waged  by  the  Jews  against  the  Philistines,  when 
David  had  struck  off  Goliath's  head,  he  put  the  hosts 
of  the  foe  to  rout — '''•And  when  the  Philistines  saw 
their  champion  was  dead,  they  fled"*  In  looking,  then, 
to  the  subject-matter  of  this  Examen,  it  is  obvious 
that  this  one  vice  is  so  closely  connected  with  the 
rest  of  its  crew,  that  it  is  impossible  to  slay  one  and 
to  overlook  the  others  so  as  to  lay  ourselves  open  ta 
their  attacks,  but  that  it  is  the  same  thing  as  assailing 
them  all,  and  that  victory  over  one  means  the  over 
throw  of  the  rest. 

This  becomes  plainer  still  if  we  look  to  the 
method,  which  is  to  make  our  resolution  on  rising, 
and  to  keep  watch  and  ward  throughout  the  day,  lest 
the  foe  find  any  hole  to  creep  through.  Our  careful 
ness  not  to  fall  into  this  vice  will  help  us  to  avoid 
vice  in  general.  The  common  well-spring  of  all  of 
them  is  the  indulgence  we  show  to  our  lusts  and 
appetites.  As  the  Holy  Ghost  says — "Go  not  after 
thy  lusts,  and  refrain  thyself  from  thine  appetites.  If 
thou  givest  thy  soul  the  desires  that  please  her,  she  will 
make  thee  a  laughing-stock  to  thine  enemies"^  If,  then, 
the  liberty  allowed  to  our  lusts  is  the  common  root  of 
every  vice,  the  restraint  we  subject  it  to  cannot  but 
serve  to  their  correction.  Wherefore  he  that  makes 
his  Examen  on  one  only  vice,  say  of  look,  or  of 
speech,  and  seriously  proposes  to  curtail  its  vagaries, 
restrains  his  appetite  in  other  matters  too.  When  an 
unruly  horse  rushes  over  hill  and  dale,  if  he  be  bitted 
and  bridled,  he  will  in  all  things  follow  the  lead  of 
his  rider.  The  same  holds  good  of  our  irregular 
*  i  Kings  xvii.  52.  t  Ecclus.  xviii.  30,  31. 


7.8  In  reply  to  certain  Objections. 

appetites  when  we  apply  ourselves  to  this  Examen. 
For  though  we  hold  our  lusts  in  check  with  a  view  to 
one  vice,  we  learn  at  the  same  time  to  subdue  the 
others,  and  to  yield  obedience  to  reason  and  the 
divine  law.  This  may  be  instanced  in  another  way. 
If  a  man  go  armed  against  one  enemy  laying  in  wait 
for  him,  although  he  have  taken  arms  to  defend 
himself  against  his  one  foe,  he  will  be  no  less  secured 
against  any  other  enemy  who  may  chance  to  assail 
him.  The  like  holds  good  of  him  who,  arming 
himself  at  early  morn  with  a  steadfast  purpose  and  an 
earnest  will  against  a  certain  vice,  calling  at  the  same 
time  on  God  for  help,  lest  he  falter.  All  this  he  does 
with  a  view  to  a  single  vicious  habit,  yet  is  he 
wonderfully  helped  thereby  should  he  be  assailed  by  a 
vice  of  another  description. 

This  becomes  still  more  obvious  if  we  look  into 
the  purpose  and  the  accompaniments  of  this  Examen. 
Its  purpose  is  to  subdue  vice,  to  ensure  cleanness  of 
heart,  and  the  fulfilment  of  God's  law.  Its  chief  help 
is  God's  grace,  which  we  strive  to  obtain  by  fastings, 
austerities,  watching,  prayers,  and  tears,  as  Abbot 
Serapion  taught  us  heretofore.  If  I  take  such  trouble 
to  keep  my  heart  undefiled  by  one  vice,  who  may 
deem  that  I  shall  be  a  craven  and  yield  to  another 
temptation  whereby  the  purity  I  so  anxiously  desire 
will  be  no  less  sullied  ?  He  who  girds  his  sword  to 
ward  off  the  strokes  of  one  who  thirsts  for  his  blood, 
will  not  shrink  from  drawing  it  if  an  unexpected  foe 
attempt  his  life.  The  love  of  dear  life  will  be  equally 
efficacious  in  both  cases.  He  who  is  neat  and  par 
ticular,  and  makes  up  his  mind  to  go  cautiously  to 


In  reply  to  certain  Objections.  79 

-avoid  the  mud,  lest  he  soil  his  shoes,  is  not  likely  to 
throw  himself  into  a  place  where  he  will  befoul  his 
coat.  His  love  of  neatness  will  make  him  beware  of 
both.  So,  likewise,  as  spiritual  life,  innocency  of  soul, 
and  the  fulfilment  of  the  divine  will,  are  the  end  and 
aim  of  this  Examen,  and  urge  the  soul  to  avoid  a 
single  vice,  it  cannot  be  but  they  will  urge  her  to 
avoid  whatever  is  repugnant  to  this  end.  But  what 
shall  we  say  of  the  means  which  serve  to  compass 
this  end?  Of  the  desires,  prayers,  tears,  austerities 
made  use  of  for  the  same  purpose?  Can  they  who 
are  determined  to  take  such  pains  in  order  to  rid 
themselves  of  one  vice,  be  careless  of  pleasing  the 
Divine  Majesty  in  other  matters,  or  make  no  account 
of  offending  Him  ?  Courtiers  who  aspire  to  some 
favour  or  post  of  dignity  strive  to  make  themselves 
pleasing  not  only  to  the  King,  from  whom  alone  they 
can  hope  to  obtain  the  desired  gift,  but  sparing  no 
pains  to  be  agreeable  to  the  Ministers  whom  they 
know  to  be  able  to  further  their  wishes.  On  the  same 
account  do  they  endeavour  to  win  the  divine  approval 
in  all  things  who  are  resolved,  His  grace  helping,  to 
root  out  some  one  vice,  or  to  acquire  a  certain  virtue. 
They  aspire,  indeed,  but  to  the  courage  to  face  vice, 
yet  are  they  well  aware  that  they  cannot  compass  this 
if  they  allow  themselves  to  be  overcome  in  other 
matters. 

It  remains  but  to  establish  the  doctrine  we  have 
thus  unfolded  so  fully  by  the  authority  of  the  afore 
mentioned  Serapion,  who  continues  the  quotation 
alleged  above  as  follows — "  Nor  may  we  fancy  that  he 
who  is  mainly  intent  on  combatting  a  single  vice, 


8o  In  reply  to  certain  Objections. 

and  takes  no  heed  of  the  darts  of  the  others,  is  likely 
to  be  struck  with  an  unforeseen  blow ;  it  is  in  nowise 
the  case.  For  it  cannot  be  that  one  who  of  his  care 
for  the  amendment  of  his  inner  man,  applies  his 
mind  to  the  subduing  of  any  one  vice,  should  not  feel 
a  general  abhorrence  for  all  the  others,  and  guard 
himself  against  them.  For  how  shall  he  deserve  to 
obtain  the  victory  over  the  vice  he  desires  to  be  rid  of 
who  renders  himself  unworthy,  by  the  defilement  of 
other  vices,  of  the  purity  he  aspires  to  ?  " 


The  Matter  of  the  Particular  Examcn.    8 1 


CHAPTER  XL 

THE     MANNER    AND     ORDER     OF    CHOOSING     THE 
MATTER   OF   THE    PARTICULAR    EXAMEN. 

ORDER,  so  important  in  any  affair  whatsoever, 
is  most  essential  in  spiritual  concerns.  He 
who  builds  a  house  must  do  all  things  in  a  settled 
order,  the  foundations  have  to  be  dug  and  examined, 
before  erecting  the  walls  and  covering  the  roof.  If  it 
be  neglected  in  the  culture  of  the  spirit,  our  labour  is 
in  vain.  Hence  so  many,  after  years  of  prayer  and 
austerities,  make  scarce  any  progress.  To  set  this 
point  in  a  proper  light,  I  will  lay  down  the  following 
instructions  : 

The  matter  of  this  Examen  being,  as  we  have  said, 
threefold,  to  wit,  vices,  virtues,  and  our  spiritual 
exercises,  whenever  we  are  in  retreat,  and  have  no 
other  object  but  to  gather  fruit  from  the  Spiritual 
Exercises,  we  may  make  this  Examen  with  a  view  to 
ensure  the  utmost  exactness  in  the  performance  of 
these  exercises,  either  according  to  the  rules  set  us 
by  our  director,  or,  if  we  be  experienced  in  this 
matter,  according  to  a  method  we  may  set  forth 
for  ourselves.  We  must  keep  to  this  during  the  whole 
course  of  the  Exercises,  as  St.  Ignatius  lays  it  down 
at  the  end  of  the  tenth  Addition  of  the  first  week. 
Having  completed  the  Exercises,  if  beginners,  we 
must  choose  some  one  vice  to  be  rooted  out,  others 
will  select  a  virtue  they  will  endeavour  to  acquire. 
It  must  further  be  remembered  that  in  all  these 
G 


82        The  Manner  and  Order  of  choosing 

matters  there  are  acts  of  different  kinds;  some 
inward,,  which  remain  in  the  mind  and  heart,  and 
others  outwards,  forming,  as  it  were,  a  visible  body 
for  the  former  ones.  Such  are  words,  deeds,  occa 
sions,  outward  motions,  the  acts  of  the  senses.  A 
few  examples  will  make  this  clear.  In  pride  we 
have  haughty  thoughts,  boastful  words,  ambitious 
deeds;  in  envy,  sad  thoughts  at  our  neighbour's 
success,  grumbling  speeches  at  his  good  fortune, 
deeds  tending  to  his  disadvantage.  In  humility,  on 
the  contrary,  we  meet  with  lowly  thoughts,  disposing 
one  to  put  up  with  injury,  &c,  words  of  self-depre 
ciation,  deeds  of  submission,  and  so  on  of  the  other 
virtues  and  vices.  So,  too,  in  the  Spiritual  Exercises, 
are  there  certain  outward  actions,  in  which  they  are, 
so  to  speak,  embodied,  such  as  a  reverent  posture  in 
time  of  prayer,  presence  at  the  Divine  Office  and 
other  pious  exercises,  hearing  Mass,  spending  one's 
time  in  meditations  and  examens,  in  such  bodily  and 
mental  posture  as  bespeaks  attention  and  earnestness. 
The  inward  acts  lie  invisible  in  the  three  powers  of 
the  soul;  they  are  diligent  meditation  and  fervent 
affections. 

This  being  taken  for  granted,  the  second  instruc 
tion  is  that  in  these  several  matters  the  Examen 
should  never  begin  with  the  merely  spiritual  acts, 
for  that  these  acts  easily  escape  our  scrutiny,  even 
were  we  deeply  versed  in  spiritual  experiences,  and 
our  mind  is  so  unstable  and  wavering  that  it  is  scarce 
conscious  to  the  full  of  its  own  thoughts.  It  is  also 
frequently  the  case  that  these  thoughts  and  emotions 
are  not  voluntary  and  free,  but  proceed  from  mere 


the  Matter  of  the  Particular  Examen.     83 

•spontaneity.  Hence  they  who  are  not  well  grounded 
in  spiritual  things  will  be  unable  to/letermine  whether 
or  no  they  be  faulty,  so  that,  when  the  number  of  falls 
has  to  be  counted,  everything  becomes  mixed  up  with 
anxieties  and  scruples.  Besides  which,  there  is  no 
small  difficulty  in  correcting]  these  defects,  for  our 
inward  acts  do  not  so  entirely  depend  on  the  control 
of  the  will  as  not  to  take  us  continually  by  surprise, 
even  in  despite  of  ourselves.  We  ofttimes  have 
thoughts  we  would  well  be  rid  of;  and,  for  all  we  may 
strive,  it  is  not  altogether  in  our  power  to  banish 
these  thoughts.  We  at  times  will  what  we  would 
not,  nor  does  the  jarring  of  conflicting  affections  cease 
but  with  life  itself,  as  St.  Paul  fully  experienced.* 
For  as  one  must  be  an  able  horseman  to  mount  an 
unruly  horse  which  cannot  brook  restraint,  so  the  task 
of  reducing  our  inward  acts  to  perfect  order  must  be 
left  to  those  who  have  long  dwelt  with  themselves, 
and  are  skilled  in  observing  the  workings  of  the  inner 
man.  Better  by  far  is  it  to  make  a  beginning  with 
outward  actions,  which,  being  more  under  the  control 
of  the  will,  are  more  easily  governed,  more  readily 
discerned  in  all  the  circumstances  wherein  they  fall 
short  of  the  rule  of  right  reason.  Obedience,  for 
instance,  requires  ready  compliance,  even  so  as  to 
leave  a  letter  unfinished.  It  further  demands  the 
inward  submission  of  the  will  and  judgment.  So 
many  difficulties  beset  this  latter  point  for  beginners 
that  they  cannot  themselves  say  when  they  have 
fallen  and  when  they  rise  from  their  fall.  The  first 
point  is  far  otherwise;  they  are  able  to  put  their. 

*  Rom.  vii.  19. 
G    2 


84       The  Manner  and  Order  of  choosing 

finger,  so  to  speak,  on  their  failures,  and,  as  it  is 
wholly  dependent  on  the  will,  they  may  easily  know 
the  exact  number  of  their  faults,  and  promise  them 
selves  a  speedy  victory. 

Two  other  reasons  may  be  alleged  in  support  of 
this  view,  (i)  Outward  defects  give  scandal,  detract 
from  the  estimation  of  virtue  in  the  eyes  of  our 
neighbour,  and  hence  call  for  speedy  correction. 
(2)  Although  our  failings  have  their  root  within,  in 
the  soul,  the  correction  of  the  outward  actions  tends 
to  weaken  this  root.  Thus,  if  the  high  opinion  I  have 
of  myself  makes  me  utter  haughty  words,  the  checking 
of  these  words  reaches  to  the  heart,  and  represses  the 
sentiment  which  finds  its  expression  in  them.  If  my 
soul  chafe  under  the  yoke  of  obedience,  its  insubordi 
nation  is  kept  in  check  by  the  ready  performance  of 
what  is  commanded.  Thus  does  the  war  we  wage 
with  our  outward  failings  tell  upon  those  that  lurk 
within. 

The  third  instruction  is  that,  amongst  outward 
actions,  deeds  are  to  be  amended  before  words,  and 
this  because  when  our  thoughts  are  translated  not  only 
into  words  but  into  deeds,  we  have  a  sign  of  a  deep- 
rooted  habit,  and  of  greater  deliberation  in  the  will,  on 
which  account  a  speedy  remedy  is  required ;  and  we 
must  apply  the  remedy  to  the  part  which  is  most  griev 
ously  wounded.  It  is  obvious  that  sins  of  deed  are 
more  heinous  than  the  others,  for  a  threefold  reason, 
as  St.  Ignatius  teaches  in  the  General  Examen — "  On 
account  of  the  greater  length  of  time,  the  greater  intensity 
of  the  act,  the  injury  or  scandal  done  to  many  more 
persons."  Faults  of  speech,  on  the  contrary,  take 


the  Matter  of  the  Particular  Examen.     85 

less  time,  pre-suppose  less  deliberation,  and  do  not 
indicate  so  deeply-rooted  a  passion.  The  tongue 
most  readily  follows  the  mind,  and  resembles  the 
hands  of  a  clock.  It  beats,  so  to  speak,  responsive 
to  every  emotion  of  the  heart,  and  moves  almost  as 
swiftly  as  the  thoughts  of  the  mind.  Wherefore  it  is 
more  advisable  to  correct  words  before  thoughts,  as 
they  are  more  under  the  control  of  reason,  but,  for 
the  reasons  stated  above,  beginners  will  find  it  most 
easy  to  begin  with  deeds. 


86  Further  Instructions. 


CHAPTER   XII. 

FURTHER   INSTRUCTIONS   ON   THE   SAME   SUBJECT. 

WE  have  now  to  determine  what  order  is  to  be 
kept  in  singling  out  our  vices — on  which  of 
them  we  should  make  the  first  onslaught.  For 
clearness'  sake  we  will  observe  that  vices  may  be 
considered  in  their  nature  or  with  regard  to  the 
disposition  of  the  subject.  Further,  some  vices  may 
be  called  spiritual,  because,  like  moths,  they  breed 
within  the  soul;  such  are  pride,  vanity.  While 
others  are  carnal,  as  proceeding  from  carnal  lusts> 
and  the  appetites  of  the  body,  as  gluttony,  profligacy, 
&c.  The  fourth  instruction,  then,  is  that,  if  we  con 
sider  our  vices  in  themselves,  those  who  have  been 
the  slaves  of  sensual  excess,  and  are  troubled  rather 
by  carnal  than  spiritual  passions,  should  begin  by 
mortifying  their  sensuality,  in  that  it  is  to  them  a 
source  of  more  pressing  danger,  without  making  any 
account  of  the  temptations  to  vainglory  which  may 
arise  from  their  efforts,  and  detract  from  the  purity  of 
their  intention,  provided  they  can  but  subdue  their 
more  powerful  foes,  from  whom  they  have  the  most 
to  fear,  and  subject  them  to  the  control  of  reason. 
Serapion,  in  Cassian's  Conferences,  is  of  the  same 
opinion,  for  he  holds  that  at  times  we  shall  do  well 
to  avail  ourselves  of  the  help  of  a  spiritual  vice,  in 
order  to  overcome  the  defilements  of  the  flesh.  These 
are  his  words — "Vainglory  may  prove  of  advantage  to* 
beginners  in  one  case — to  such  as  are  still  subject  to* 


Further  Instructions.  87 

the  incentives  of  the  vice  of  the  flesh.  For  instance, 
if,  when  molested  by  the  spirit  of  uncleanness,  they 
were  to  turn  their  minds  to  the  priestly  dignity,  or  to 
their  general  repute  for  a  holy  and  blameless  life,  they 
might  deaden  the  stings  of  lust,  as  vile  or  unworthy  of 
that  order,  or  incompatible  with  their  fair  fame,  thus 
overcoming  a  greater  evil  by  one  which  is  less.  For 
better  is  it  that  one  should  be  tempted  to  vainglory 
than  that  he  should  fall  into  the  furnace  of  fornication, 
whence  he  may  never  be  rescued,  or  be  rescued  but 
after  a  fatal  fall."  Thus  far  the  holy  Abbot.  And  in 
truth,  though  vice  may  not  claim  our  approval,  yet  it 
may  be  so  far  forth  useful,  inasmuch  as  it  serves  to 
hinder  a  greater  evil,  and  may  suggest  motives  against 
falling  which  avail  more  with  the  imperfect  than  any 
others.  It  is  surely  better  to  be  wounded  than  to  be 
killed;  and  further,  a  care  for  one's  good  name  may 
be  worthy  of  praise.  It  may  therefore  be  taken  as 
certain  that  he  who  is  liable  both  to  carnal  and 
spiritual  ailments,  should  begin  with  the  former,  as 
being  more  scandalous  and  injurious. 

The  fifth  instruction  is  to  keep  the  following  order 
in  dealing  with  the  vices  of  the  flesh,  to  turn  our  arms 
against  gluttony  first.  It  was  not  without  a  well- 
considered  purpose  that  St.  Ignatius,  in  his  Spiritual 
Exercises,  gives  the  first  place  among  the  rules  to 
those  entitled  "  On  Moderation  in  Eating."  It  is  a 
well-known  maxim  of  the  Imitation — "  Bridle  gluttony, 
and  thou  shalt  more  easily  restrain  all  fleshly  appe 
tites."*  And  St.  Basil  most  truly  calls  gluttony  the 
fertile  seed-plot  of  every  vice.  "  Like  as  a  fountain  of 
*  Book  i.,  chap.  19,  n.  4. 


88  Further  Instructions. 

water,  if  distributed  into  many  channels,  clothes  with 
verdure  the  spots  bordering  on  the  several  streamlets, 
and  makes  them  to  flourish,  so  if  the  vice  of  gluttony 
spread  itself  through  the  veins  of  thy  heart,  and 
welling  up  therefrom,  overflow  thy  senses,  after  having 
sown  within  the  seeds  of  countless  lusts,  it  will  change 
thy  soul  into  a  den  of  wild  beasts."'1'  He  proceeds 
to  say  that  gluttony  makes  its  slaves  to  spurn  the 
calling  to  a  higher  life,  and  leads  many  to  desert 
religion.  "  The  first  temptation,"  says  Cassian,  "  of 
gluttony,  is  to  hurry  to  take  refreshment  before  the 
appointed  and  regular  time.  The  next  is  to  delight 
in  filling  one's  belly,  and  in  our  eagerness  to  partake 
of  whatever  is  set  before  us.  The  third  is  to  seek  for 
dainties.  The  first  begets  hatred  of  the  monastery, 
which,  in  its  turn,  grows  into  an  abhorrence  and 
disgust,  soon  to  be  followed  by  desertion,  or  flight." 
St.  Basil  confirms  this  teaching,  for  he  continues — 
"Many  have  I  met  with,  who,  though  subject  to 
vices  of  another  kind,  recovered  their  health  later  on. 
But  of  those  who  were  enslaved  to  gluttony,  so  as  to 
find  a  satisfaction  in  secret  repasts,  or  to  yield  to  the 
cravings  of  the  belly,  I  have  never  known  one  to 
reform.  For  they  either  separated  themselves  from 
the  fellowship  of  those  who  observed  continency,  and 
plunged  without  remorse  into  the  sinful  delights  of 
this  life,  or  if  they  sought  to  lurk  among  such,  they 
indulged  their  appetites,  and  did  service  to  the  devil." 
Thus  far  St.  Basil.  The  battle,  then,  must  begin  with 
gluttony.  Next  come  incontinency  and  the  sins  of 
the  flesh.  Thirdly,  covetousness,  or  greed  of  gain. 
*  On  the  renouncement  of  all  things. 


Further  Instructions.  89 

Fourthly,  anger.  Fifthly,  melancholy;  and  lastly, 
sloth.  These  several  vices  are  so  closely  connected 
together,  that  if  the  first  in  order  prevail  over  us,  the 
others  are  sure  to  follow  in  its  wake.  For  gluttony 
begets  impurity,  impurity  covetousness,  covetousness 
anger,  anger  melancholy,  melancholy  sloth.  Where 
fore  the  order  of  attack  must  correspond  with  that 
of  these  vices.  It  is  less  troublesome  to  pull  up  the 
root  than  to  lop  the  branches  off;  if  the  fountain  be 
stopped,  the  brook  soon  dries  up. 


90        Examples  of  each  Vice  to  illustrate 


CHAPTER   XIII. 

EXAMPLES  OF  EACH  VICE  TO  ILLUSTRATE  THE  DIVISION 
OF   THE    EXAMEN. 

WE  have  thus  set  forth  the  order  of  attack;  we 
have  shown  that  the  vices  are  to  be  divided 
into  parts,  according  to  which  division  we  must  begin 
with  deeds,  proceed  next  to  words,  and  then  to 
thoughts.  It  remains  but  to  set  forth  examples  of  a 
fitting  division,  so  as  to  pave  the  way  to  an  advan 
tageous  selection. 

§  I.  Instances  of  Gluttony. — (i)  Not  to  eat  out  of 
time,  or  anticipate  the  hour  of  meals,  or  to  eat  in  any 
but  the  usual  place ;  to  taste  of  nothing  without  leave. 

(2)  To  abstain  from  all  dainties,  or  anything  peculiar,, 
without  a  real  necessity;    to  forego  the   sumptuous 
repasts  of  worldlings,  when  it  can  be  done  without 
giving  offence ;  to  feel  ashamed,  should  it  befall  us  to 
taste  aught  for  the  mere  gratification  of  the  palate. 

(3)  To  partake  of  common  food  in  moderation,  never 
to  repletion ;  not  to  empty  the  dish  set  before  us, 
but  to  leave  some  morsel,  and  one  which  we  would 
relish  most.     (4)  To  abstain  from  wine  (especially  in 
youth)  unless  necessity  compel ;  to  avoid  fine  wines, 
liquors,  &c. ;  to  be  content  with  the  diet  of  the  poor. 
(5)    Not  to  speak  of  tasty  or  unsavoury  food ;   the 
same,  also,  of  drink.     Never  to  converse  about  such 
things.     For  as  it  is  unbecoming  to  be  guided  by  our 
taste  while  eating,  it  is  still  more  so  to  speak  about 
this  matter  after  our  meals.     (6)  Not  to  anticipate  the 
gratification  of  eating  before  meals,   or  to  feed  the 


the  Division  of  the  Examen.  91 

mind  while  at  table,  but  at  such  to  entertain  some 
pious  thought  as  is  prescribed  in  the  rules  for  Mode 
ration  in  Eating. 

§  II.  Instances  of  Lust. — (i)  To  banish  far  from 
oneself  deeds  of  darkness  and  shamelessness.  (2)  To 
keep  one's  touch  undefiled,  even  with  one's  own  body; 
for  a  coal,  when  lighted,  burns;  when  quenched,  it 
blackens.  (3)  Not  to  touch  another,  either  on  the 
head,  on  the  face,  hands,  clothes,  whether  in  play,  or 
friendship.  The  embraces  given  to  new  comers,  and 
to  those  that  are  taking  leave,  should  be  unaffected, 
redolent  of  chastity.  (4)  As  with  the  touch,  so,  too, 
must  the  eyes  be  averted  from  every  nude  and  inde 
cent  representation ;  and  where  such  may  be  met 
with,  they  must  be  held  in  check.  (5)  One  should 
avoid  familiarity  with  the  opposite  sex,  by  long  con 
versations,  letters,  presents,  by  fixedly  looking  at 
them.  In  all  these  points,  one  should  rigorously  bind 
oneself  never  to  be  without  a  companion  as  a  witness, 
and  to  report  to  the  Superior  when  necessity  requires. 

(6)  One  must  abstain  from  witty  and  trifling  words, 
keep    from    books    treating    of    lascivious    matters. 

(7)  Every  impure  thought  is  to  be  at  once  stamped 
out   like  a  spark ;   nor  should  we   presume    on   our 
virtue,  knowing  full  well  that  our  flesh,  like  tow  or 
gunpowder,  readily  catches  the  baleful  flame.     Lastly, 
one  must  not  rest  content  with   an   ordinary  degree 
of  chastity,  but  should  strive  after  an  angelic  purity, 
both  of  body  and  of  mind. 

§  III.  Instances  of  Covet onsness. — Lust  cannot  last 
without  presents  and  money ;  thus,  greed  of  gain  is 
the  offspring  of  lust.  This  is  to  be  suppressed.. 


92        Examples  of  each  Vice  to  illustrate 

(1)  By  renouncing  all  unjust  usurpation  and  whatever 
may  savour  thereof,  and  restoring  what  is  ill-gotten. 

(2)  By  setting   bounds  to  one's  love  of  gain,  even 
when  lawful,  lest,  as  St.  Paul  says,  "  We  fall  into  the 
snare  of  the  devil"   (3)  If  a  Religious,  by  having  naught 
that  is  his  own,  by  giving,  receiving,  or  lending  nothing 
without   leave.      (4)   By  ridding   oneself    of    costly, 
'Curious,  rare  objects,  and  of  whatever  savours  of  the 
world.     (5)  By  not  making  use  of  more  things  than 
are  needed,  and  of  such  only  as  are  common,  and  are 
kept  in  a  public  place,  not  in  one's  room.     (6)  By 
avoiding  bootless  and  dangerous  thoughts  and  desires, 
"which"  as  St.  Paul  bears  witness,  "drown  men  in 
destruction  and  perdition. ' ' 

§  IV.  Instances  of  Anger. — Anger  is  the  appetite  for 
revenging  injury  or  wrong.  It  is  subdued,  (i)  By 
taking  no  vengeance,  indeed,  nor  returning  wilfully, 
or  in  intention,  evil  for  evil.  (2)  By  refraining,  in  the 
presence  of  him  that  has  wronged  us,  from  injurious 
and  biting  words,  neither  raising  our  voice  in  anger, 
nor  lowering  it  out  of  sadness  or  aversion,  nor  refusing 
at  seasonable  times  to  speak  to  him  by  whom  we  have 
suffered ;  in  his  absence,  not  to  complain  of  his  deeds, 
or  of  himself,  as  being  unjust,  prejudiced,  as  favouring 
others,  &c.  In  all  these  ways  can  we  sin  by  anger. 

(3)  By  not  nursing  the  remembrance  of  the  injury 
received,  nor  indulge  in  thought  that  stir  up  indigna 
tion  and  strife ;  by  setting  aside  the  objections  and 
answers  wherewith  the  brain  of  an  angered  man  is 
wont  to  teem. 

§  V.  Instances  of  Melancholy  and  of  Sloth.  —  A 
•quenched  brand  leaves  a  black  coal  behind;  thus 


the  Division  of  the  Examen.  93 

does  anger,  when  lulled,  leave  the  heart  in  sadness. 
Sadness,  or  melancholy,  in  its  turn,  begets  sloth,  or 
an  aversion  from  spiritual  and  mental  recollection. 
Now,  a  dissipated  mind,  finding  no  rest  within  itself, 
seeks  it  without.  The  remedy  for  this  vice  is  as 
follows — (i)  The  conscience  must  be  thoroughly 
searched,  to  discover  whether  it  be  in  peace  and 
security.  Is  it  burdened  with  a  grievous  sin,  or 
perplexed  with  the  doubt  thereof?  Does  the  person 
feel  any  difficulty  in  laying  bare  his  fault  to  his 
confessor,  or  in  ridding  himself  of  it  ?  Is  he  troubled 
with  fears  and  suspicions,  which,  while  he  keeps  to 
himself,  close  his  soul  to  the  light  from  on  high,  a  ray 
whereof  would  comfort  him?  Meanwhile,  as  he 
obstinately  remains  in  darkness,  his  heart  is  over 
whelmed  with  sorrow.  For  as  a  sprained  joint  gives 
unbearable  pain,  which  cannot  be  assuaged  by 
plasters,  ointments,  or  any  other  external  applica 
tions,  so,  from  the  sources  detailed  above,  a  more 
or  less  deep  melancholy  will  spring,  and  such  as  will 
not  yield  to  aught  that  is  applied  from  without. 
Firstly,  then,  the  Examen  must  be  directed  against 
concealing  from  the  confessor  aught  that  may  concern 
the  conscience.  (2)  Examine  how  deep  a  hold  this 
melancholy  has  obtained  on  the  heart.  Has  it  caused 
an  abscess — brought  on  a  distaste  for  one's  state, 
especially  in  the  case  of  a  Religious  ?  Has  it  robbed 
us  of  our  attachment  to  our  Order,  Superiors,  and 
Rule  ?  Do  we  obey  readily,  or  with  an  effort  ?  It 
this  be  our  plight,  we  are  dangerously  seized,  and  still 
more  so  as  we  shrink  from  the  remedy.  For  he  that 
is  thus  affected  abhors  nothing  so  much  as  what  would 


94        Examples  of  each  Vice  to  illustrate 

bring  comfort  to  his  soul.  He  solaces  himself  with 
what  shuts  out  relief,  such  as  murmuring  and  far 
fetched  reasons,  which  confirm  him  in  his  diseased 
fancies.  Such  a  one  must  make  his  Particular 
Examen  on  the  following  points — 

(i)  To  converse  familiarly  and  affably  with  his 
inferiors;  not  to  withdraw  from  the  common  recrea 
tion,  nor  to  be  gloomy  in  conversation.  (2)  To  shut 
out  from  himself  worldly  business  and  diversions,  and 
to  keep  at  arm's  length  whatever  may  cause  his  heart 
to  pour  itself  out  to  excess  through  the  senses. 
Wherefore  he  will  not  go  out  of  doors  on  purposeless 
errands,  for  unnecessary  visits,  even  though  they  wear 
a  semblance  of  piety.  (3)  He  will  keep  from  public 
amusements  and  gatherings,  and,  as  far  as  possible, 
remain  in  his  room.  For  one  attacked  with  this 
disease  has  no  taste  for  solitary  occupations.  Like 
as  he  who  has  lost  all  relish  for  wholesome  food 
excites  his  appetite  with  condiments,  which  may  tickle 
his  palate,  so  should  such  a  one  beguile,  by  varying 
them,  the  monotony  of  solitary  occupations,  at  one  time 
reading,  at  another  writing,  or  doing  something  else. 
(4)  He  shall  flee,  as  he  would  the  pestilence,  friendly 
intercourse  with  seculars,  nor  allow  himself  to  be 
entangled  by  busying  himself  with  their  affairs,  their 
interests  or  concerns ;  since  these  can  but  deprive 
him  of  time  and  relish  for  the  occupations  of  his 
state ;  for  to  relieve  the  monotony  of  these  latter,  as 
well  as  to  hoodwink  ourselves  as  to  our  indolent 
neglect  of  the  duties  of  our  state,  we  turn  to  what  is 
foreign  to  our  profession.  (5)  He  shall  not  be  a 
collector  of  news,  nor  lead  the  conversation  to  the 


the  Division  of  the  Examen.  95 

favours  of  fortune,  the  honours  and  delights  of  the 
world,  for  his  languishing  heart  will  be  soon  attracted 
by  what  he  says  or  hears.  (6)  He  shall  divert  his 
mind  from  such  fancies,  suppress  all  idle  talk  on  such 
matters  as  deeds  of  daring,  extraordinary  good  fortune, 
eminent  posts  and  dignities,  &c.,  for  such  befit  rather 
those  that  are  asleep  than  waking  men.  But  especially 
shall  he  apply  himself  to  his  Spiritual  Exercises,  insist 
ing  not  only  on  their  exact  fulfilment,  but  prolonging 
the  time  thereof,  according  to  annotation  thirteen 
among  the  twenty-one.  In  compliance  with  anno 
tation  six,  he  will  most  scrupulously  observe  the 
Additions,  and  earnestly  strive  to  acquire  devotion, 
which  divine  goodness  will  not  fail  to  vouchsafe. 

To  sum  up  what  has  been  said  hitherto,  he  must 
be  persuaded  that  the  state  of  his  soul  is  perilous  and 
wretched,  that  without  effort  he  will  never  rise  there 
from,  and  that  nothing  aggravates  this  ailment  so 
much  as  to  indulge  one's  likings.  The  effort  he  has 
to  make  comprises  these  two  things — (i)  He  must 
diminish  and  cut  down  his  outward  engagements, 
especially  secular  ones,  restrain  the  wanderings  of 
his  senses,  his  going  out  of  doors,  bootless  con 
versations,  and  thoughts  which  correspond  therewith. 
{2)  He  must  apply  himself  earnestly  to  his  interior 
spiritual  duties,  nor  rest  content  until  he  find  a  relish 
therein.  He  is  not  to  attribute  his  dryness  to  God's 
proving  of  him,  it  being  in  nowise  a  trial  but  a 
punishment  of  his  sloth  and  indifference.  Outward 
occupations,  undertaken  according  to  the  rules  ot 
well-ordered  charity,  are  no  hindrance  to  devotion 
and  a  spiritual  relish;  rather  do  these  things  afford 


96        Examples  of  each  Vice  to  illustrate 

each  other  mutual  help  and  increase.  The  spirit  of 
sloth,  on  the  contrary,  fleeing  recollection,  inordinately 
pours  itself  on  the  diversions  and  gratifications  of 
sense,  and  by  that  very  means  aggravates  its  disease. 
The  mind  that  revels  in  sensual  pleasure,  and  is  filled 
with  the  onions  and  leeks  of  Egypt,  becomes  dry,  and 
cannot  stomach  the  heavenly  manna.  It  must  further 
be  noticed  that  it  belongs  to  sadness  of  heart  to  hunt 
eagerly  after  earthly  solace,  and  to  be  deeply  attached 
thereunto  when  it  has  found  it;  wherefore,  whoso  is 
stricken  with  this  disease  must  be  weaned  from  these 
vile  and  abject  gratifications,  which  so  involve  him  in 
their  meshes  that  he  can  hardly  withdraw  his  foot 
from  the  snare.  Besides,  as  one  who  nauseates  bodily 
food,  cannot  keep  what  he  takes  on  his  stomach,  the 
heat  of  which  is  diffused  over  the  outward  parts  of  the 
body,  so  it  will  be  far  worse  with  him  that  loathes 
spiritual  sustenance  if  he  allow  the  small  degree  of 
fervour  which  he  possesses  within  him,  which  he 
should  carefully  husband,  to  escape  through  the 
wanderings  of  his  senses. 

§  6.  Instances  of  Vanity  and  Pride. — After  the  con 
quest  of  the  afore-mentioned  vices,  it  remains  for  us 
to  attack  pride  and  vanity,  vices  which,  like  the 
moth  or  gangrene,  are  inborn  in  man,  and  are  the 
source  of  all  evil ;  for  they  rob  our  best  works  of  their 
merit,  and  blight  the  fair  flowers  of  virtue.  Vanity  is 
the  inordinate  appetite  of  reputation,  and  of  the  praise 
of  men.  The  glory  that  thus  accrues  to  us  being  vain, 
this  vice  is  called  vainglory.  Pride  is  the  appetite  of 
our  own  excellence  which  makes  a  man  anxious  to 
walk  in  things  too  great  and  too  wonderful  for  him. 


the  Division  of  the  Examen.  97 

These  vices  find  an  incentive  everywhere,  even  in 
what  is  contrary  to  them.  They  flourish  on  temporal 
and  spiritual  things,  on  good  and  bad  actions,  so  far 
forth  as  reputation  and  distinction  may  be  won 
thereby.  The  secular  grows  vain  of  his  costly  garb, 
the  Religious  of  his  threadbare  habit.  The  former  is 
proud  of  his  well-appointed  table,  the  latter  of  his 
abstinence  and  fastings;  so  much  so  that  we  have 
here  an  exception  to  the  rule,  that  to  weaken  one 
vice  is  to  weaken  those  that  spring  from  it ;  for  the 
•conquest  of  other  vices  gives  a  fresh  stimulus  to 
vanity  and  pride,  since,  as  we  have  said,  both  attach 
themselves  to  whatever  is  most  sacred.  The  Examen 
on  this  matter  maybe  arranged  as  follows — (i)  Neither 
to  aspire,  or  to  strive  after  marks  of  honour.  This 
was  the  vice  of  the  Pharisees,  of  whom  Christ  said — 
"  They  love  the  uppermost  places  at  feasts,  and  the  chief 
seats  in  the  synagogues"*  We  have,  therefore,  to 
encounter  an  immense  host,  for  ambition  ever  seeks 
the  first  place,  at  whatever  age,  in  every  condition, 
office,  and  place.  (2)  Let  him  not  boast  of  his  talents, 
if  he  has  any,  still  less  of  those  he  has  not;  that 
is,  let  him  avoid  all  occasions  of  boasting,  where 
no  other  purpose  can  be  served  but  that  of  making 
himself  known.  His  life  must  be  in  accordance  with 
that  maxim  of  St.  Bernard — "  Love  to  be  unknown,  and 
to  be  accounted  as  nothing"  (3)  He  must  avoid  singu 
larity,  in  his  person,  at  table,  and  in  his  privacy, 
desiring  to  be  forgotten  of  all,  "  as  a  dead  man  out  of 
mind"  (4)  He  shall  conform  to  the  Community,  nor 
allow  himself  any  privilege  or  exemption  necessity 

*  St.  Matt,  xxiii.  5. 
H 


98        Examples  of  each  Vice  to  illustrate 

does  not  require ;  and  he  will  so  yield  to  necessity 
as  to  put  himself  from  time  to  time  on  a  level  with 
others.  (5)  He  will  speak  neither  of  himself,  nor  of 
his  concerns,  but  shall  walk  as  if  apart  from  himself. 
He  shall  behave  and  converse  as  if  unmindful  of 
himself,  nor  afford  others  an  occasion  of  talking  of 
him,  for  praise  opens  the  first  entrance  to  vainglory, 
and  flattery  the  second.  (6)  He  will  not  nurse  thoughts 
of  vanity  by  comparing  or  prefering  himself  to  others. 
If  he  indulge  such  thoughts,  he  will  be  borne  aloft 
like  a  feather  and  a  thin  bubble.  (7)  He  will  strive 
to  weigh  his  gifts  in  a  correct  balance,  referring  to 
God  what  is  good,  and  all  the  evil  in  him  to  himself. 

The  order  here  marked  out  is  planned  according  to 
the  nature  and  properties  of  the  several  vices ;  hence 
we  must  not  conclude  that  it  will  be  suitable  for  every 
one  without  distinction.  For  different  persons  are 
differently  constituted.  There  is  also  a  diversity  of 
time  and  occasion.  As  in  different  individuals  the 
same  passions  do  not  predominate,  so  even  in  the 
same  person  does  the  passion  vary  with  the  times, 
occasions,  employments,  and  dispositions.  Our  enemy 
narrowly  watches  all  these  changes,  in  order  to  get  our 
souls  into  his  clutches.  For,  as  St.  Ignatius  wisely 
observes — "  The  enemy  is  wont  to  imitate  a  general  who 
plans  the  seizure  and  plunder  of  a  fortress.  He  first 
scrutinizes  the  site  and  strength  of  the  place,  and  assaults 
it  in  its  weakest  point.  Thus,  too,  does  he  prowl  about 
the  soul,  and  cunningly  examine  what  virtues,  whether 
theological  or  moral,  it  is  provided  with,  or  wa?iting  in, 
and  directs  all  his  efforts,  with  the  hope  of  undoing  us, 
chiefly  towards  that  point  which  he  finds  to  be  less  pro- 


the  Division  of  the  Examen.  99 

tected  and  guarded  within  us"*  This  being  the  case, 
we  must  make  the  stoutest  defence  where  the  attack 
is  the  sharpest.  The  temptation  we  are  most  liable 
to  will  show  on  what  our  Examen  should  mostly  be 
made.  For  the  sake  of  greater  clearness,  we  give 
further  on  a  formula  for  choosing  the  subject  of  the 
Particular  Examen  according  to  the  rules  of  election. 

*  Rule  14  of  the  first  for  the  Discernment  of  Spirits. 


TOO       The  Subject-matter  of  the  Examen 


CHAPTER  XIV. 

OF  THE  SUBJECT-MATTER  OF  THE  PARTICULAR  EXAMEN 
FOR  SUCH  AS  ARE  TROUBLED  WITH  NO  VICE  IN 
PARTICULAR. 

'"T'^HERE  are  some  who  aspire  to  or  are  advancing 
X  in  the  path  of  perfection,  who  are  troubled  with 
no  vice  in  particular.  This  may  arise  from  tempera 
ment,  from  natural  goodness  of  character,  or  from  the 
craft  of  the  devil,  who  forbears  to  strike  that  he  may 
make  us  heedless,  and  then  trip  us  up  unawares;  or 
it  may  be  that  the  passions  slumber  like  wild  beasts 
that  have  their  fill,  and  behave  as  if  they  had  departed 
from  us.  Wherefore,  if  you  would  discover  which 
beast  is  the  most  troublesome  and  most  formidable  to 
you,  you  must  attack  it  before  it  makes  its  onslaught 
on  you.  But  with  what  can  we  begin  our  Examen 
when  we  are  led  to  think  that  we  have  overcome  and 
mastered  a  passion  which  slumbers,  or  is  concealed 
by  the  wiles  of  the  devil?  What  virtues  are  we  to 
implant  within  us  when  our  soul  is  undisturbed  by 
rebellious  passions? 

To  do  this  aright,  it  must  be  remembered  that  as 
in  the  way  of  perfection  there  are  divers  stages — 
beginners,  proficients,  and  perfect — so  the  virtues 
proper  to  each  of  these  degrees  are  different.  In 
each  of  these  degrees  that  virtue  is  to  be  chosen 
which  is  the  most  closely  connected  with  others 
proper  to  the  same  state,  so  that  by  growth  in  one 


for  those  troubled  with  no  particular  Vice.  101 

virtue  you  may  increase  in  all  the  rest.  Beginners, 
then,  must  apply  themselves  to  the  love  of  silence  and 
solitude  as  to  the  fundamental  virtue  of  their  state. 
For  as  the  first  requisite  for  the  cure  of  a  bodily 
ailment  is  that  the  patient  be  removed  to  a  good 
place,  out  of  the  way  of  disturbances  which  would 
hinder  his  recovery,  so  does  our  spiritual  healing 
demand  that,  before  all  else,  we  keep  our  room,  and 
be  removed  from  the  obstacles  which  make  their  way 
through  our  senses.  Proficients  must  make  their  chief 
concern  of  humility  and  poverty  of  spirit,  both  of 
which  virtues  are,  so  to  speak,  the  mother  and  the 
groundwork  of  all  others  proper  to  their  state.  The 
perfect  should,  by  prayer  and  contemplation,  deepen 
the  union  and  familiarity  of  their  souls  with  God.  It 
must  be  kept  in  mind,  that  the  name  beginners  com 
prises  not  only  those  who  have  just  entered  on  the 
path  of  virtue,  but  all  who  are  weak  in  virtue;  and 
the  name  perfect  does  not  depend  on  the  number  of 
years  one  may  have  professed  virtue,  but  on  the 
possession  of  solid  virtue.  For  to  numbers  may  we 
apply  these  words  of  the  Apostle — "  Though  for  the 
time  ye  ought  to  be  teachers,  ye  again  have  need  that 
some  one  teach  you  the  first  elements  of  the  oracles  of 
God;  and  are  become  such  as  have  need  of  milk,  and 
not  of  solid  food''''"  Let  each  one,  then,  enter  into 
himself,  and  if  he  find  he  is  wanting  in  the  virtues 
of  the  very  beginners,  let  him  take  rank  amid  babes 
and  sucklings,  and  make  his  Examen  according  to 
the  following  rules. 

*  Heb.  v.  12. 


IO2    The  Matter  of  the  Particular  Examen 


CHAPTER  XV. 

THE    MATTER    OF   THE    PARTICULAR   EXAMEN    FOR 
BEGINNERS. 

HE  will  accustom  himself  to  keep  to  his  room ; 
he  will  not  leave  it  without  a  reasonable  cause ; 
never  because  he  finds  solitude  and  recollection  irk- 
,some.  Let  him  consider  his  reason  for  going  abroad; 
his  only  motive  must  be  the  better  service  of  God. 
This  will  he  find  in  obedience  to  his  Superior,  and  in 
charity  to  his  neighbour.  When  these  cease  to  detain 
him,  he  will  return  to  his  cell,  as  to  his  centre,  as  to 
the  infirmary  of  his  spiritual  ailments,  as  to  the  work 
shop  of  virtue,  wherein  his  soul  is  fashioned  after 
God's  image,  as  to  a  bed  of  flowers,  where  the  soul 
may  enjoy  the  embraces  of  God.  The  cell  must  be 
his  first  care,  and  the  starting-point  of  his  Examen ; 
and  as  St.  Bernard  says  (to  the  Monks  of  Mont- 
Dieu) — "Let  goodwill  be  guided  by  the  rule  of 
obedience,  and  in  its  turn  guide  the  body,  teaching  it 
to  keep  to  one  spot,  to  stay  within  the  cell,  and  by 
itself;  which,  in  a  proficient,  is  the  commencement 
of  a  good  *  disposition,  of  favourable  augury  for  the 
future.  For  it  is  impossible  that  a  man  should  keep 
his  soul  fixed,  who  has  not  begun  to  keep  his 
body  perseveringly  in  one  place." 

2.  From  the  love  of  the  cell  pass  we  on  to  the 
common  life,  striving  might  and  main  to  conform  to 
our  brethren,  which  is  to  be  prized  above  austerities 


for  Beginners.  103 

and  peculiar  devotions.  We  will  rise,  then,  with  the 
others,  be  the  same  to  all,  eat  what  they  eat,  and 
never  take  anything  but  what  is  set  before  them. 
Our  prayer  and  recreation  will  be  at  the  community 
hours,  nor  shall  we  shirk  our  share  of  the  common 
offices  and  burdens.  This  will  help  to  humble  the 
heart,  to  break  self-will  (the  main  source  of  peril),  to 
order  all  our  doings  aright,  to  deck  the  soul  with  a 
variety  of  virtues,  to  render  one  agreeable  to  all  for 
that  he  is  the  same  to  all. 

3.  Having  finished  what  regards  common  life,  we 
proceed  to  private  concerns.  The  times  and  hours 
for  our  several  occupations  must  be  fixed.  This  is 
not  the  place  for  treating  of  this  distribution ;  still  it 
is  self-evident  that  important  advantages  depend  on 
our  doing  our  actions,  not  according  to  whim,  but 
by  rule,  so  that  to-day  may  be  the  image  of  yester 
day  and  of  the  morrow.  Attention  to  this  point 
gives  peace  of  mind,  saves  time,  bridles  the  license 
of  the  will,  which  it  does  not  allow  to  be  unruly. 
Although  this  may  be  more  practical  for  those 
whose  time  and  engagements  are  at  their  own 
disposal,  nevertheless,  it  is  even  more  so  for  those 
who,  in  these  matters,  are  under  the  control  of 
others.  The  former  lay  down  a  rule  in  confor 
mity  with  their  ordinary  engagements,  and  keep 
it ;  the  latter  yield,  so  far  as  the  duties  imposed  upon 
them  by  obedience  are  concerned,  but  when  they 
have  fulfilled  these  they  return  to  the  groove  they 
have  marked  out.  Unless  this  be  done,  a  twofold 
loss  ensues,  (i)  The  precious  moments  intervening 
between  a  duty  and  a  voluntary  occupation  are 


IO4    The  Matter  of  the  Particular  Ex  amen 

wasted,  which  are  of  no  less  value  than  the  filings 
and  dust  the  goldsmiths  so  carefully  sweep  up  in 
their  workshops.  (2)  A  diversity  of  occupations 
cannot  but  trouble  a  soul  that  is  intent  on  many 
things.  To  restore  its  calm,  it  is  of  the  greatest 
advantage  to  apply  it  at  once  to  the  ordinary  occu 
pations,  from  which  necessity  has  summoned  it.  This 
care  for  order  is  not  unlike  the  heavenly  spheres 
which  rule  the  universe  by  their  harmoniously  dis 
cordant  movements.  For  though  there  does  not 
appear  to  be  so  great  a  consonance  between  different 
parts,  yet  is  this  diversity  most  wisely  established  by 
the  Prime  Mover. 

4.  Next  to  the  due  ordering  of  our  occupations- 
comes  that  of  our  senses,  and  especially  of  the  eyesr 
ears,  and  tongue. 

The  Eyes. 

These  require  especial  care,  as  they  are  exposed  to 
greater  danger.  We  should  not  fix  our  eyes  on  a 
woman,  especially  if  she  be  still  and  do  not  observe  us. 
David  thus  gazed  at  Bersabee  and  fell.  We  are  to  avoid 
sights,  the  image  whereof  easily  impresses  itself,  but 
is  difficult  to  efface.  We  must  not  be  fond  of  looking 
at  princely  palaces  and  royal  treasures.  They  are 
vanities,  and  darken  the  mind's  perception  of  divine 
truth.  Spurn  as  deadly  poison  novels,  more  or  less 
unchaste  and  obscene  pictures.  Lastly,  according  to 
the  rules  of  modesty  laid  down  by  St.  Ignatius — "The 
eyes  should  mostly  be  kept  downcast,  neither  raising  them 
without  measure,  or  glancing  with  them  around  us." 


for  Beginners.  105, 

The  Hearing. 

The  ears  must  be  closed  to  unseemly  words,  and 
it  must  be  deemed  an  insult  to  utter  such  in  our 
presence.  Profane  music  is  to  be  held  in  small 
account.  We  must  be  slow  to  listen  to  vain  reports 
and  to  laughter-moving  sayings,  as  they  do  not  become 
us.  Most  true  is  what  we  read  in  the  Imitation  of 
Christ — "If  thou  withdraw  thyself  from  superfluous 
talk  and  idle  visits,  as  also  from  giving  ear  to  news 
and  reports,  thou  will  find  time  sufficient  and  proper 
to  employ  thyself  in  good  meditations.  ...  If  thou 
hadst  not  gone  out,  and  listened  to  rumours,  thou 
hadst  kept  thyself  better  in  good  peace;  but  since 
thou  takest  pleasure  at  times  in  hearing  news,  thou 
must  bear  with  trouble  of  heart."* 

The  Tongue. 

"  The  tongue"  says  St.  James,  " is  a  restless  mischief; 
it  is  full  of  deadly  poison"  difficult  to  control  and  to 
keep  subject  to  reason.  Our  first  care,  then,  must  be 
to  curb  it  by  the  rule  of  silence,  asking  no  questions 
unless  when  necessary,  replying  briefly  if  questioned. 
For  he  who  speaks  little  to  men  will  find  more  to  say 
to  God,  and  he  who  has  accustomed  himself  to  silence 
strikes  off  the  head  of  a  multitude  of  vices  at  one 
blow.  But  as  the  duty  of  our  charge  and  brotherly 
love  requires  of  us  to  speak,  we  must  be  careful  lest 
necessary  and  useful  speech  degenerate  into  needless 
and  harmful  talk.  We  may  make  the  Examen  as 
follows  on  each  of  these  defects. 

*  Book  L,  chap.  20. 


io6    The  Matter  of  the  Partictdar  Ex  amen 

Not  to  complain  of  any  thing  or  person,  be  they 
many  or  few,  neither  in  public  nor  in  private,  or  to 
mention  the  fault  of  an  absent  person,  or  aught  else 
that  could  offend  him  were  he  present.  Not  to 
flatter,  lest  we  fall  into  a  lie.  To  lie  neither  by 
excuse,  in  play,  nor  to  any  one's  prejudice.  Not  to 
make  use  of  ambiguous  double-meaning  words;  for 
all  duplicity  and  deceit  is  to  be  abominated.  Not  to 
adhere  pertinaciously  to  one's  opinions,  a  frequent 
source  of  strife  and  injurious  words.  Not  to  speak 
wrathfully,  which  is  unpolite  and  wounds  charity. 
Not  to  speak  in  a  loud  voice — the  token  of  a  dissi 
pated  mind.  To  avoid  boasting — the  offspring  of 
pride.  Not  to  reveal  the  secret  intrusted,  nor  what 
should  be  kept  secret,  even  though  you  be  not  for 
bidden  to  mention  it.  Not  to  fancy  that  he  to  whom 
you  tell  a  secret  will  be  more  faithful  in  keeping  it 
than  yourself.  Lastly,  inasmuch  as  his  condition 
allows,  he  will  turn  the  conversation  on  God  and  on 
divine  things,  and  await  therefrom  an  abundant 
harvest  of  virtues. 

Letters. 

The  faults  of  speech  and  of  letter-writing  are  closely 
connected,  but  they  are  more  pernicious  in  this  latter 
case,  as  greater  weight  is  attached  to  the  written  than 
to  the  spoken  word,  the  former  being  more  lasting 
than  the  latter.  Let  us  be  careful  not  to  write  any 
thing  inconsiderate  in  our  letters,  but  to  keep  the  rule 
laid  down  for  us— "  In  writing  letters,  not  only  must 
the  rule  39  of  the  Summary  be  kept  strictly,  which  pre 
scribes  that  we  are  not  to  write  without  leave  and  without 


for  Beginners.  107 

showing  our  letters  to  him  the  Superior  shall  appoint; 
but  further,  care  must  be  taken  that  our  letters  contain 
not  any  mention  of  worldly  or  useless  affairs,  or  which 
do  not  concern  the  writer.  As,  for  instance,  rumours, 
news  about  matters  foreign  to  a  Religious,  certain  forms 
of  expression,  or  tropes  and  secular  idioms"  &c. 

The  Rules  of  Modesty. 

Beginners  must  strive  to  regulate  their  exterior  by 
these  rules,  shaping  themselves  thereby,  as  in  a  mirror, 
that  their  manners  may  be  in  conformity  with  the 
pattern  of  St.  Ignatius  set  before  his  children  after  so 
many  tears  and  prayers. 


io8    The  Matter  of  the  Particular  Ex  amen 


CHAPTER  XVI. 

THE    MATTER    OF    THE    PARTICULAR    EXAMEN    FOR 
PROFICIENTS. 

IT  belongs  to  preficients  to  choose  a  virtue  for  the 
matter  of  their  Examen,  and  that  virtue  they  have 
most  need  of,  or  which  is  the  most  contrary  to  the 
vice  whereby  they  are  most  troubled.  If  they  be  not 
compelled  by  either  of  these  causes,  they  may  choose 
the  virtue  which  is  the  foundation  of  the  rest,  or 
which  most  helps  and  disposes  us  to  acquire  them. 
We  here  take  occasion  to  observe,  that  this  Examen 
on  virtues  is  to  be  made  in  an  order  wholly  different 
from  that  on  vice.  With  vices  we  begin  with  deeds, 
then  pass  on  to  words  and  thoughts.  For,  as  we 
have  said,  the  passion  that  breaks  out  into  deeds  is 
far  more  violent  than  one  that  passes  not  the  bound 
aries  of  thoughts  or  speech.  Wherefore,  the  greater 
evil  has  to  be  cured  first,  especially  as  the  examination 
of  what  passes  within  the  soul  belongs  to  proficients, 
and  not  to  mere  beginners.  Here  we  go  on  to  a 
totally  different  plan.  With  these  virtues  the  Examen 
must  begin,  and  the  conflict  be  opened  with  the 
inward  acts  thereof,  and  moreover,  proficients  are 
supposed  to  be  more  experienced  in  the  discernment 
of  their  inward  acts,  and  to  have  more  light  to  per 
ceive  distinctly  what  is  going  on  within  them. 

Further,  there  is  no  question  but  that  inward  acts 
are  the  very  soul  of  virtue,  while  their  outward  mani- 


for  Proficients.  109 

festations,  unless  duly  referred  to  God,  are  as  lifeless 
corpses,  wholly  incapable  of  begetting  virtuous  habits 
within  us.  For  what  fruit  can  we  gain  from  a  menial 
office,  if  it  be  not  fulfilled  out  of  humility  ?  We  meet 
with  many  who  spend  their  whole  lives  in  the  vilest 
functions,  without  ever  attaining  humility.  With  what 
profit  shall  we  submit  to  the  rule  of  another,  if  the 
will  to  obey  aright  be  wanting.  Countless  multitudes 
serve  and  spend  their  lives  under  the  mastery  of 
another,  without  making  the  least  progress  in  the 
virtue  of  obedience.  We  must,  then,  make  a 
beginning  with  inward  acts,  giving  the  first  place  to 
those  from  which,  as  from  a  stock,  the  other  virtues 
branch  forth,  and  that  in  the  following  order. 


On  Humility. 

We  may  here  apply  what  we  have  said  above 
concerning  pride,  its  contrary  vice,  besides  which  a 
fixed  number  of  suitable  acts,  to  be  performed  both 
in  the  morning  and  afternoon,  is  to  be  appointed,  in 
the  order  which  follows — (i)  Turn  the  soul  to  the 
knowledge  of  self,  to  its  poverty  in  virtue,  the  multi 
tude  of  our  sins,  the  smallness  of  our  talents,  and  that 
the  good  we  have  comes  not  from  us  but  from  the 
mercy  of  God.  (2)  To  desire  that  all  may  esteem 
me  for  what  I  really  am,  so  that  men  may  make  of 
me  as  little  as  I  deserve.  Preparing  myself  inwardly 
to  bear  with  the  slights  and  other  outward  things  that 
may  occur.  But  here  discretion  must  guide  the  mind, 
lest  it  go  astray  into  vain  fancies,  or  attempt  what  is 
above  our  strength,  and  so  expose  our  virtue  to 


no    The  Matter  of  the  Particular  Ex  amen 

shipwreck.  (3)  Mark  that  in  others  whereby  they 
excel  me,  placing  myself  beneath  them,  and  deeming 
them,  in  my  inmost  heart,  my  superiors.  (4)  To  speak 
depreciatingly  of  myself,  making  little  of  what  may 
fall  to  my  lot,  acknowledging  my  shortcomings.  Herey 
too,  is  prudence  needed,  to  guide  us  to  the  fitting 
time  and  place,  and  lest  we  fail  in  sincerity,  or  any 
affectation  mingle  itself  with  our  words.  (5)  In  that 
which  regards  our  common  intercourse,  ever  to  yield 
to  others  the  first  place,  as  far  as  our  condition 
allows  :  " In  giving  honour,  outdoing  one  another"  as- 
the  Apostle  says,  and  this  not  only  in  such  homage 
which  is  seldom  paid  without  insincerity,  vanity,  and 
outward  demonstration,  but  in  the  functions  and 
offices  intrusted  to  us.  (6)  In  the  like  spirit  to 
take  part  now  and  then  in  the  more  menial  offices 
of  the  house. 

Poverty. 

Here,  too,  may  we  apply  what  we  said  of  covetous- 
ness.  Moreover,  this  virtue  is  to  be  exercised  a 
determinate  number  of  times,  in  the  following  acts. 
We  must  examine  ourselves  as  to  our  love  and  esteem 
for  this  virtue ;  our  desire  of  experiencing  its  effects ; 
how  far  we  prefer  to  abstain  from  than  to  make  use  of 
things.  He  will  consider  that  nothing  allowed  for  his 
use  is  his  own,  and  so  be  ready  to  be  despoiled  of 
them.  He  will  look  on  whatever  regards  his  diet, 
lodging,  and  clothing  as  an  alms,  and  himself  as  a 
poor  man,  without  any  property.  We  are  told  of 
St.  Francis  Borgia  that,  on  rising,  he  was  wont  to 
take  his  clothes  as  if  they  were  a  loan,  which  he 


for  Proficients.  in 

returned  in  the  evening  when  he  undressed,  and  to 
have  been  of  the  same  mind  with  regard  to  all  other 
things  allowed  him  for  his  use.  Never  are  we  to 
complain  of  the  want  of  anything,  but  rather  should 
we  rejoice  therein,  as  in  an  effect  and  experience  of 
poverty.  We  will  also  prefer  the  more  common  things 
of  the  house  to  such  as  are  more  costly,  for,  as  St. 
Aloysius  was  wont  to  say,  poor  folks  like  us,  who  live 
upon  alms,  should  not  even  in  thought  aspire  to  what 
is  of  better  quality,  but  be  thankful  if  we  get  what  is 
of  a  lower  sort.  To  keep  far  from  us,  and  from  what 
we  may  have  for  our  use,  superfluities  and  valuables. 
To  suffer  at  times  the  want  of  what  is  necessary,  in 
order  to  be  more  like  Christ  and  His  Blessed  Mother, 
whom  we  know  to  have  frequently  been  in  want  of 
necessaries. 

Obedience. 

Let  our  hunger  be  to  know  the  will  of  God  in  all 
things,  and  our  meat  its  fulfilment.  Let  us  behold 
God  Himself  in  the  person  of  the  Superior,  and  close 
our  eyes  to  all  human  considerations.  Whatever  we 
undertake  let  us  do  it  from  a  motive  of  obedience, 
and  submit  only  to  God  in  obeying  our  Superior.  We 
must  rigorously  exact  from  ourselves  this  satisfaction, 
that  neither  by  the  intercession  of  others,  by  com 
plaints,  by  importunity,  by  show  of  sadness,  or  by 
tokens  of  coldness,  will  we  ever  make  the  Superior 
obey  us.  We  will  deem  it  a  dangerous  mischance  if 
we  stray  from  the  path  marked  out  by  God.  We  will 
never  propose  ought  against  the  orders  given  us  but 
after  prayer,  and  then  with  indifference  and  sincerity. 


ii2    The  Matter  of  the  Particttlar  Examen 

TJie  observance  of  Rules. 

The  Rules  embrace  the  subject-matter  of  nearly  all 
the  virtues.  If  you  find  yourself  to  violate  any  rule  in 
particular,  apply  this  Examen  to  it.  It  were  also  very 
useful  to  make  it  on  our  readiness  to  lay  bare,  in  our 
account  of  conscience,  whatever  concerns  the  rules 
-and  our  vows. 


for  the  Perfect.  113 


CHAPTER   XVII. 

THE   MATTER   OF   THE    PARTICULAR   EXAMEN    FOR   THE 
PERFECT. 

THE  advantages  of  the  particular  Examen  may  be 
shared  in  even  by  the  perfect,  that  is,  by  those 
who  have  reached  such  a  stage  of  perfection  as  may 
be  attained  in  this  life.  According  to  the  light  of 
Heaven  shed  abroad  within  them,  they  may  take,  as 
the  matter  of  their  Examen,  first  their  outward  or 
inward  failings ;  then  their  punctuality  in  performing 
their  spiritual  duties  at  the  appointed  time,  and  in 
devoting  thereto  whatever  leisure  may  be  left  to  them 
by  the  occupations  obedience  or  charity  enjoin.  Their 
next  matter  may  be  their  care  to  improve  still  more  in 
the  performance  of  these  exercises,  and  to  draw 
therefrom  a  greater  light;  their  interior  recollection 
in  the  course  of  the  day ;  how  they  keep  themselves 
in  God's  presence.  On  the  three  theological  virtues, 
faith,  hope,  and  charity,  fixing  a  certain  number  of 
acts  to  be  made  within  a  given  time.  On  spiritual 
conversation,  both  at  recreation  and  elsewhere,  at 
home  and  abroad,  according  to  the  dispositions  of 
those  we  may  meet  with,  endeavouring  everywhere  to 
profit  our  neighbour.  On  the  renewal  of  a  right 
intention  in  all  our  works.  On  the  ministries 
enjoined  upon  us,  according  to  our  Institute,  whereby 
our  neighbour  is  helped  and  made  to  draw  near  to 
God,  an  office  most  suitable  to  perfect  men.  How 
I 


H4    The  Matter  of  the  Particular  Ex  amen. 

we  acquit  ourselves  of  them  !  Do  we  fulfil  them  as 
we  ought  ?  Do  we  turn  aside  to  others  less  befitting 
our  profession,  to  the  detriment  of  the  ministry  com 
mitted  to  us  ?  Do  we  readily  and  willingly  spend 
ourselves  on  the  poor  and  ignorant  ?  With  what  zeal, 
or  indolence,  or  gentleness  ?  With  what  diligence  or 
slackness  ?  With  what  prudence  and  discretion,  or 
with  what  hastiness  and  levity  ?  These  defects  must 
be  carefully  searched  out  and  noted  down,  that  they 
may  be  reformed  by  this  Examen. 

We  have  given  these  several  examples,  suited  to- 
divers  states,  to  show  that  matter  will  never  be 
wanting.  We  now  proceed  to  show  how  we  may 
choose  out  of  this  abundance  a  particular  subject 
better  and  more  advantageous  to  our  progress. 


Formula  of  certain  Meditations.         1 1 5 


CHAPTER  XVIII. 

FORMULA    OF    CERTAIN    MEDITATIONS    HELPING   ON 
THIS    EXAMEN. 

THOUGH  we  have  treated  at  full  length  of  the 
choice  of  the  subject-matter  of  the  Particular 
Examen,  and  it  presents  no  difficulty  to  those  who 
have  been  trained  for  a  certain  time  in  the  use 
of  these  arms,  and  the  Superior  or  ghostly  Father 
can  easily  direct  the  inexperienced,  yet,  for  the 
common  advantage  of  both,  we  will  set  forth  a 
meditation  drawn  up  in  accordance  with  the  rules 
of  election,  to  remove  still  further  any  chance  of  a 
mistake. 

It  is  to  be  observed  that  we  may  here  be  met  with 
a  twofold  doubt,  (i)  It  may  be  asked  whether  one 
should  not  forthwith  take  up  as  the  matter  of  his 
Examen  a  vice  or  a  virtue,  for  in  this  world  there  is 
no  man  without  some  defect.  Where  it  is  evident 
that  a  vice,  especially  a  gross  one,  predominates,  there 
can  be  no  question  but  that  we  must  begin  by  com 
batting  it  before  striving  after  virtue.  (2)  When 
we  have  selected  the  vice  or  virtue,  as  there  are 
various  methods  of  warring  upon  vice  and  of 
following  after  virtue,  the  question  arises  as  to  which 
of  these  means  may  be  the  best  suited  to  my  purpose. 
The  following  meditation  will  serve  to  clear  up  the 
first  doubt. 

I    2 


1 1 6         Formula  of  certain  Meditations 


Form  of  meditation  for  the  choice  of  the  matter  of  the 
Particular  Examen. 

The  preparatory  prayer  as  usual. 

Prelude  i.  I  will  consider  my  soul  in  the  state 
wherein  I  am  conscious  of  finding  it,  standing  before 
God,  the  Searcher  of  hearts,  and  all  His  Saints,  and 
anxious  to  know  whether  it  be  more  pleasing  to  the 
Divine  Majesty,  and  more  profitable  to  itself,  that  I 
should  in  my  Particular  Examen  endeavour  to  attain 
a  certain  virtue  or  to  extirpate  a  certain  vice. 

Prelude  2.  A  prayer  for  the  grace  proper  to  this 
deliberation. 

Point  i.  I  will  set  before  me  the  passions  and  vices 
to  which  I  am  subject,  from  which  I  intend  to  select 
one  for  my  Particular  Examen.  I  will  do  the  same 
with  the  virtues  I  desire  to  acquire,  for  the  self-same 
purpose. 

Point  2.  I  will  consider  three  sets  of  men  who  have 
the  knowledge  of  their  vices.  The  first  are  lukewarm 
and  remiss,  and  for  all  that  they  know  their  vices  and 
wish  to  be  rid  of  them,  they  always  delay  to  apply  the 
remedy.  The  second  class  are  ready  to  take  up  arms 
against  some  of  their  failings,  but  not  against  that 
passion,  or  inclination,  or  habit  they  are  unwilling  to 
disturb,  though  this  be  the  most  pernicious,  and  the 
principal  idol  before  which  they  bow  down.  The 
third  class,  being  earnestly  desirous  to  make  progress, 
are  ready  to  take  any  means  of  overcoming  their  vice, 
whatever  it  may  be,  for  the  glory  of  God  and  their 
soul's  welfare.  This  point  is  merely  an  application  of 


helping  on  this  Examen.  117 

the  meditation  of  St.  Ignatius  on  the  three  classes 
of  men. 

Point  3.  I  will  consider  what  vice  or  virtue  within 
me  has  most  need  of  the  Particular  Examen.  To 
weigh  this  in  a  just  balance,  we  may  derive  help  from 
what  has  been  said  in  the  foregoing  chapters,  (i)  If 
the  vice  is  an  occasion  of  offence  or  scandal,  so  as  to 
lead  others  into  sin.  (2)  If  it  have  a  large  following, 
and  be  the  root  and  source  of  other  vices.  (3)  If  it 
take  its  rise  in  a  vehement  passion  or  strong  impulse, 
whereby  we  are  carried  away,  so  as  to  be  liable  to 
frequent  falls.  (4)  If,  taking  into  consideration  the 
state  I  am  in,  the  business  I  have  to  do,  the  persons 
I  deal  with,  and  the  propensities  I  am  conscious  of,  I 
feel  myself  more  liable  to  fall  into  this  sin  than  any 
other.  (5)  If  the  fault  be  an  outward  one,  and  hence 
more  under  the  control  of  the  will,  and  admitting 
more  easily  of  this  remedy,  for  if  it  be  an  inward 
failing  the  cure  will  become  more  difficult. 

We  may  consider  the  virtues  in  like  manner,  in 
order  to  the  selection  of  one  of  their  number, 
examining  which  is  more  conformable  with  my  voca 
tion,  or  better  suited  to  my  engagements ;  which 
were  a  speedier  remedy  to  the  failing  into  which  I 
relapse  the  oftenest,  or  would  oppose  the  stoutest 
resistance  to  the  passion  to  which  I  most  frequently 
yield ;  which  were  more  conducive  to  spiritual  calm, 
more  favourable  to  devotion,  &c. 

Point  4.  Having  pondered  these  circumstances,  the 
next  thing  is  to  determine  what  vice  or  virtue  pre 
ponderates,  and  is  of  greater  importance,  so  as  to 
choose  for  the  subject-matter  of  the  Particular  Examen 


1 1 8         Formula  of  certain  Meditations 

that  which  reason  and   our  spiritual  interests  point 
out. 

Point  5.  Offer  the  election,  when  made,  to  God ; 
beg  grace  to  destroy  this  vice  or  to  acquire  this  virtue. 
After  war  has  been  declared  against  a  particular  vice, 
then  arises  a  question  as  to  the  best  means  of  securing 
the  victory.  We  will  deal  with  it  in  the  following 
meditations. 


Form  of  meditation  for  uprooting  a  predominant  vice, 
such  as  anger,  for  instance. 

The  preparatory  prayer  as  usual. 

Prelude  i.  Imagine  yourself  to  be  like  unto  the 
leper,  and  to  say — "Lord,  if  Thou  wilt,  Thou  canst 
make  me  dean;"*  or  as  the  woman  of  Canaan,  saying 
—"Lord,  my  daughter  is  grievously  afflicted  with  a 
devil ;"\  or  to  blind  Bartimaeas,  saying — "Jesus, 
Master,  have  mercy  on  ?/j."  J 

Prelude  2.  Ask  light  to  know  the  remedy  whereby 
we  may  overcome  anger. 

Point  i.  Consider  the  turpitude  of  anger,  how 
unseemly  it  is  in  a  man,  and  especially  in  a 
Religious,  and  one,  too,  of  the  Society  of  Jesus, 
who  is  bound  to  labour  for  his  own  perfection  and 
for  the  edification  of  his  neighbour.  How  displeasing 
it  is  to  God,  to  those  who  live  with  us,  to  those  who 
are  without.  How  much  injury  it  has  done  to  me 
and  to  others,  and  how  much  it  has  hindered  my 
progress  in  virtue. 

Point  2.  Consider  the  beauty  of  meekness.     Repre- 

*  St.  Luke  v.  12.       f  St.  Matt.  xv.  22.       £  St.  Luke  xvii.  13. 


helping  on  this  Examen.  119 

sent  it  to  thyself  in  the  bearing  of  Christ,  Who  says — 
"Learn  of  Me,  for  I  am  meek  and  lowly  in  heart"* 
Set  it  before  thee  as  it  was  in  the  Saints,  nay,  even  in 
thine  own  Fathers  and  Brethren  whom  thou  hast 
known. 

Point  3.  Consider  how  often  and  how  grievously 
thou  hast  been  transported  with  anger.  Look  into 
the  causes  of  thy  falls.  Do  they  arise  from  a  bilious 
complexion,  from  habit,  or  over-quickness,  or  a  want 
of  thought,  from  pride,  or  pusillanimity,  or  from  the 
iiberty  you  allow  yourself  to  blurt  out  whatever  comes 
into  your  head. 

Point  4.  Consider  the  remedies  thou  hast  applied, 
or  heard  of,  or  read;  as,  for  instance,  to  hold  thy 
peace,  gentleness  in  action,  to  be  so  disposed  that  an 
insulting  word  will  not  provoke  thee,  to  set  aside  the 
occupation  which  is  to  thee  an  occasion,  to  impress 
deeply  on  thy  mind  that  wrongs  can  harm  him  that 
does  them,  and  not  the  sufferer.  Set  Christ  before 
Thyself,  "Who,  when  He  suffered,  He  threatened  //#/."  t 
That  it  is  the  vice  of  brutes  and  not  of  men,  for  a  man 
in  anger  divests  himself  of  his  manhood,  and  St.  Basil 
calls  it  " a  passing  madness"  Think  how  often  you 
have  insulted  God,  and  how  patiently  He  has  borne 
with  you. 

Point  5.  Set  before  thee  the  end  of  thy  creation, 
from  the  Fundamental  Exercise  and  the  Prelude  for 
making  an  Election ;  also  the  special  end  of  thy  call 
ing,  which  is  God's  greater  glory,  and  the  edification 
of  thy  neighbour.  Having,  then,  set  thy  soul  in  calm 
and  serenity,  beg  once  more  for  a  new  outpouring  of 
*  St.  Matt.  xi.  29.  f  St.  Peter  ii.  23. 


I2O        Formula  of  certain  Meditations 

light  divine,  whereby  to  know  and  to  choose  what  is 
meetest  for  the  end  aimed  at. 

Point  6.  Setting  aside  all  bias,  and  taking  into 
consideration  the  inveteracy  of  the  habit  and  other 
circumstances,  ponder  which  of  the  means  given 
above  seems  to  be  more  effectual.  Conclude  the 
election,  make  an  offering  of  it  to  God,  that  He  may 
accept  and  establish  it,  as  St.  Ignatius  prescribes. 

This  method  may  be  adapted  to  any  vice  or  evil 
habit  whatsoever.  For  its  more  perfect  use,  it  were 
well  to  consult  the  teaching  of  Cassian,  who,  in  his 
fifth  Conference,  admirably  sets  forth  the  turpitude  of 
the  eight  capital  sins. 

Formula  for  the  extirpation  of  a  fault  of  less  importance^ 
as,  for  instance,  want  of  moderation  in  speech. 

Preparatory  prayer  and  preludes  as  heretofore. 

Point  i.  Consider,  as  was  hinted  above,  how 
unseemly  loquaciousness  is  in  a  Religious.  The 
advantages  of  silence.  How  often  this  fault  is 
committed.  The  causes  of  these  falls,  whether  it  be 
dissipation  of  mind,  or  the  little  account  we  make  of 
the  rules. 

Point  2.  The  remedies  of  this  fault.  To  set  oneself 
a  penance,  or  to  ask  the  Superior  to  do  so,  whenever 
we  fall  into  it.  To  bear  in  mind  the  maxim — "/;/  the 
multitude  of  words  there  wanteth  not  sin;"*  and  what 
St.  James  says — "  If  any  man  offend  not  in  word,  the 
same  is  a  perfect  #?#«/" t  and,  "If  any  man  among 
you  thinketh  that  he  is  religious,  and  bridleth  not  his 

*  Prov.  x.  19.  f  St.  James  iii.  2. 


helping  on  this  Examen.  121 

tongue,  but  deceiveth  Ms  heart,  this  man's  religion  is 
vain"*  The  esteem  wherein  the  Saints  held  silence 
The  loss  of  time  for  the  chatterer  and  his  hearers. 
How  great  a  hindrance  it  is  to  prayer,  to  have  our 
head  filled  with  tales ;  and  so  forth,  as  in  the  former 
meditation. 

The  same  formula  may  be  applied  to  other  faults. 

To  acquire  a  virtue  the  same  road  must  be  taken. 
Considering  its  beauty,  advantages,  the  examples  of 
Christ  and  His  Saints.  Contrasting  it  with  the 
turpitude  and  pernicious  results  of  the  contrary  vice. 
Applying  the  motives  of  election,  as  heretofore. 

St.  Ignatius,  moreover,  suggests  another  method,  in 
the  second  mode  of  election,  as — "What  would  I 
counsel  one  whose  interest  I  have  at  heart  ? "  "What 
would  I  wish  to  have  done  at  the  hour  of  death,  at  the 
Last  Judgment  ?  "  A  deliberation  of  greater  import 
ance  may  be  spread  over  many  days,  taking  one  for 
the  consideration  of  the  reasons  on  one  side;  the  next 
for  those  of  the  opposite  side ;  a  third  for  weighing 
both  together;  and  lastly,  after  invoking  the  divine 
aid,  completing  the  election  in  accordance  with  the 
dictates  of  prudence. 

*  St.  James  i.  26. 


122  The  End  of  this  Ex  amen. 


CHAPTER   XIX. 

THE    END    OF   THIS    EXAMEN. 

THE  end  or  purpose  of  this  Examen  is  naught 
else  but  the  performance  of  our  good  reso 
lutions,  the  putting  into  practice  our  holy  desires, 
and  compliance  with  the  divine  inspirations.  If  we 
look  well  to  it,  in  our  other  spiritual  exercises  we 
exert  the  memory  that  it  may  supply  useful  matter, 
the  mind  that  it  may  reason  thereupon,  the  will  that 
it  may  assent  thereto.  But  of  what  use  is  all  this,  if 
these  thoughts,  reasonings,  and  affections  be  not 
reduced  to  practice  ? 

What  good  is  there  in  planting  and  digging  a 
vineyard,  in  surrounding  it  with  a  hedge,  if  the  vines 
yield  but  leaves,  and  there  be  no  wine  to  put  into  the 
cellar  at  vintage  time  ?  It  is  all  the  same  if,  when 
exercising  the  powers  of  the  soul,  and  drawing  forth 
what  is  in  them,  we  fail  to  reduce  our  thoughts  and 
purposes  to  practice.  Now  performance  is  the  precise 
end  of  the  Particular  Examen,  without  which  our 
unruly  passions  will  behave  like  the  labourers  in  the 
vineyard  we  read  of  in  St.  Matthew,  who,  at  the  time 
of  the  vintage,  beat,  stoned,  and  slew  their  master's 
messengers,  and  made  no  return  to  the  owner  of  the 
vineyard. 

The  resolutions  from  which  we  expect  fruit  are  of  a 
twofold  description.  Some  are  directed  to  avoiding 
faults,  others  to  the  implanting  or  perfecting  of  virtue. 
Now  the  end  of  this  exercise  is  to  ensure  the  efficacy 


The  End  of  this  Examen.  123 

of  both  these  classes  of  resolutions ;  for  the  Examen 
does  away  with  our  faults,  be  they  voluntary  or 
natural  (that  is,  such  as  through  our  inclinations  or 
passions  lead  us  into  moral  delinquencies),  and  by 
frequent  acts  it  implants  habits  of  virtue.  So  that  the 
Particular  Examen  may  well  be  deemed  a  universal 
instrument  for  perfecting  the  soul,  both  within  and 
without,  in  the  sight  of  God  and  of  man.  Other 
fruits  peculiar  to  this  exercise  follow  on  these  two 
main  results.  The  conflict  with  vice  leads  us  to  that 
self-knowledge  so  highly  prized  and  earnestly  sought 
for  by  all  who  tend  to  perfection.  Experience  and 
practice  render  visible  and  tangible  the  great  diffe 
rence  existing  between  the  time  when  we  make  our 
resolution  and  that  when  we  are  unfaithful  to  it, 
between  those  motions  stirred  up  within  us  by  the 
bountiful  hand  of  God's  mercy,  and  those  which  well 
up  from  our  natural  corruption  and  inborn  frailty. 
In  time  of  prayer,  under  the  sense  of  God's  presence, 
the  mind  is  conscious  of  being  enlightened  with  holy 
thoughts,  the  will  kindles  with  pious  desires  and 
affections.  On  the  other  hand,  when  prayer  is  over, 
we  find  ourselves  to  be  quite  different.  The  mind  is 
then  darkened,  nay,  even  blind,  to  heavenly  things. 
Vain,  idle  thoughts,  grovelling  in  what  makes  for  our 
ease  and  gratification,  now  well  up  from  the  heart,  the 
will  wavers  under  the  shock  of  our  perverted  lusts. 
Like  as  water  when  taken  off  the  fire  resumes  its 
wonted  temperature,  so  does  the  spirit,  unsustained 
by  prayer,  return  to  its  remissness  and  love  of 
creatures.  This  is  how  we  so  soon  fall  short  of  our 
morning  resolution.  He,  then,  that  turns  his  attention 


124  The  End  of  this  Examen. 

to  these  resolutions  and  their  frequent  violations,  soon 
learns  to  distinguish  between  the  divine  and  his  own 
spirit,  between  the  motions  of  nature  and  those  of 
grace.  He  finds  himself  to  be  like  an  infant,  who,  so 
long  as  he  is  upheld  by  his  nurse,  is  able  to  stand  upy 
but,  not  having  strength  enough  to  go  alone,  he  falls 
down  as  soon  as  this  support  fails  him.  In  our 
ministrations  to  our  neighbour  we  will  learn  to  regard 
ourselves  as  a  page  bearing  a  message  from  his  Prince, 
whose  only  business  is  to  fulfil  the  commission  he  is 
intrusted  withal.  If  the  words  of  the  page  have  any 
effect  on  his  hearer,  it  is  to  be  attributed  to  him  that 
sent  him,  not  to  himself.  Thus,  too,  shall  we  acknow 
ledge  the  hand  of  God  in  the  fruit  we  may  chance  to 
produce  either  in  ourselves  or  our  neighbour,  and 
ascribe  whatever  we  may  effect  to  the  Source  of  all 
good.  Blind,  indeed,  to  all  self-knowledge  must  he 
be,  and  barren  will  his  labours,  both  for  himself  and 
for  others,  prove,  who  presumes  to  attribute  to  himself 
the  fruit  of  his  efforts  in  any  case;  for  if  this  fruit 
be  remarkable  and  noteworthy,  its  very  excellence 
proclaims  its  source.  We  cannot  but  be  fully  con 
vinced  that  such  results  are  due  to  a  cause  far  higher 
than  ourselves  when,  by  the  daily  examen,  we  are 
made  to  see  how  little  we  effect  where  we  strive  the 
most,  how  easily  we  fall  when  most  sure  of  ourselves. 
Such  an  experience  must  bring  down  and  root  out  our 
pride  and  presumption.  Like  as  when  we  see  a  man, 
whose  poverty  is  well  known  to  us,  going  forth  in 
costly  array,  we  infer  that  he  has  either  borrowed  or 
stolen  it,  so,  too,  one  who  is  aware  of  his  infirmity 
will  not  attribute  it  to  himself,  if  he  chance  to  gain 


The  End  of  this  Examen.  125 

some  precious  advantage  for  his  own,  on  his  neigh 
bour's  behoof.  Now  this  is  the  priceless  fruit  to  be 
derived  from  this  Examen,  so  far  forth  as  it  is  con 
cerned  with  our  defects. 

But  of  no  less  excellence  are  its  fruits,  if  we  consider 
it  as  a  means  for  acquiring  virtue.  It  enriches  and 
decks  the  soul,  as  it  were,  in  brocaded  vesture.  As 
virtues  are  engendered  by  repeated  acts,  by  the 
mortifications  of  the  contrary  passions  and  vices,  this 
practice  must  needs  implant  solid,  firmly-rooted  habits. 
Now  habit  implies  facility ;  solid  virtue  implies  some 
what  more  than  a  mere  seeming,  a  weakly  counterfeit, 
bolstered  up  by  the  fervour  of  devotion  when  it  is 
present  (and  thus  without  substance  or  durability) ; 
it  implies  virtue,  forged  on  the  anvil  of  mortifica 
tion,  shaped  by  repeated  victories  over  the  contrary 
vice.  From  virtues  such  as  these  are  begotten 
robust  health,  lasting  peace,  purity  of  aims.  With 
them  the  passions  lay  down  their  arms  and  yield 
subjection  to  reason,  which  is  given  to  man  to  hold 
his  passions  in  check,  to  direct  his  actions,  and  which 
can  never  be  brought  so  low  by  vice  as  to  be  subject 
to  it,  or  so  shackled  by  evil  habits  as  not  to  struggle 
against  them.  This  is  the  cause  of  the  unrest  of  the 
wicked,  for  whom,  as  the  Scripture  says,  there  is  no 
peace,  while  the  just  revel  in  the  abundance  thereof. 

From  this  there  arise  a  relish  and  pleasure  in 
action  which  ensure  perseverance.  When  the  stomach 
rejects  wholesome  and  choice  food,  it  is  a  sign  of  its 
being  charged  with  an  evil  humour,  that  takes  away 
the  appetite.  When  medicine  has  purged  it  away,  not 
only  will  the  stomach  not  reject  this  food,  but  the 


126  The  End  of  this  Examen. 

palate  will  be  tickled.  The  like  happens  in  the 
practice  of  virtue.  Virtue  is  for  all  men  a  most  whole 
some  and  savoury  aliment;  yet  to  beginners,  whose 
spiritual  taste  is  depraved  by  passions,  vices,  and  evil 
habits,  it  seems  insipid  and  bitter.  But  the  peccant 
humour  having  yielded  to  the  practice  of  contrary 
acts,  as  virtue  is,  in  very  deed,  most  conformable  to 
our  reasonable  nature,  the  soul  delights  in  this  food, 
which  then  becomes  sweeter  to  its  palate  than  honey 
and  the  honeycomb. 

It  must  not,  however,  be  disguised  that  this  exercise 
lays  us  open  to  two  temptations  of  opposite  tenden 
cies,  yet,  while  giving  occasion  to  them,  it  fails  not  to 
supply  a  remedy.  For  if  the  knowledge  of  our 
vileness  is  apt  to  engender  pusillanimity  and  distrust, 
the  practice  of  virtue  may  produce  self-reliance  and 
vanity.  From  this  very  self-confidence — in  a  way,  too, 
the  ailing  person  himself  cannot  account  for — there 
proceeds  such  pusillanimity  and  fain t-heartedn  ess  as 
to  withdraw  the  soul  from  its  undertakings,  and  to 
make  it  take  refuge  in  its  former  carelessness.  The 
task  we  have  set  about  being  far  beyond  our  powers, 
the  soul,  if  she  rely  thereon,  will  forthwith  discover 
that  she  cannot  with  her  ten  thousand  hold  her 
ground  against  a  foe  coming  against  her  with  twenty 
thousand;  wherefore,  despairing  of  the  victory,  she 
makes  terms,  and  relapses  into  the  shameful  slavery 
of  her  vices  and  passions.  The  remedy  for  both 
temptations  is  contained  in  this  very  exercise.  The 
practice  thereof  consists  in  making  a  resolution  in  the 
morning  to  watch  over  ourselves  during  the  course  of 
the  day,  to  take  note  of  and  to  count  our  falls,  and  to 


The  End  of  this  Examen.  127 

renew  at  the  same  time  our  good  purposes.  He  who 
thus  looks  to  himself  and  takes  account  of  his  failings, 
conscious  as  he  is  of  his  weakness,  expects  to  fall,  and 
when  that  comes  to  pass,  he  is  not  disheartened  or 
discouraged  at  what  he  foresaw  when  entering  upon 
the  conflict.  By  renewing  his  resolution  after  a  fall  he 
is  far  from  yielding  to  discouragement,  by  the  very 
fact  of  his  repeating  his  resolve.  Nor  will  he  rely  too 
much  on  his  own  strength,  since  he  finds  that  he 
stumbles,  in  despite  of  his  will  and  resolution  to  the 
contrary.  Whence  we  may  see  the  wondrous  efficacy 
of  this  remedy  and  the  wisdom  of  the  physician,  who, 
by  means  of  such  easy  and  simple  methods,  wages 
war  so  successfully  on  vice  and  gathers  such  store  of 
virtue,  showing,  too,  how  to  blend  confidence  with 
distrust,  so  as  to  steer  clear  of  the  two  extremes  of 
faint-heartedness  and  vanity. 


128      For  whom  is  this  Ex  amen  suited? 


CHAPTER   XX. 

FOR  WHOM    IS   THIS   EXAMEN    SUITED? 

FROM  what  we  have  said  of  the  matter,  plan,  and 
purpose  of  the  Examen,  it  is  easy  to  determine 
what  persons  may  find  their  profit  in  making  use  of  it. 
It  is  suited  to  all  who  aspire  to  spiritual  progress — 
to  beginners,  proficients,  the  perfect,  to  such  as  are 
engaged  in  occupations  with  their  neighbours,  to 
those  who  enjoy  a  pious  leisure,  to  the  talented,  and 
to  such  as  are  more  sparingly  gifted ;  its  end  being 
to  uproot  vice  and  implant  virtue,  to  ground  the  soul 
in  self-knowledge  and  self-diffidence,  to  beget  within 
it  trust  in  God,  and  that  purity  of  heart,  real  peace, 
which  is  founded  upon  the  subjection  of  our  appetites 
and  passions,  and  in  conformity  with  right  reason.  If 
there  be  any  one  who  has  no  need  of  pursuing  this 
end,  either  wholly,  or  in  part,  he  may  be  excused 
from  making  this  Examen.  But  as  there  are  none 
such,  so  may  no  one  who  has  the  slightest  care  for 
his  spiritual  progress  claim  to  be  exempted. 

Two  pleas  are  usually  urged,  or  can  at  least  be 
invented.  The  first  takes  its  stand  upon  the  method. 
It  may  be  said  that,  beyond  a  question,  every  exer 
cise  is  not  suited  to  every  one.  For  others,  this 
method  is  too  minute  and  refined — for  some,  nay,  for 
many.  Does  not  St.  Ignatius  himself  expressly  teach 
in  his  prescriptions  for  making  election,  that  among 
those  who  are  not  deficient  in  mental  abilities,  every 
one  has  not  the  requisite  dispositions,  and  that  hence 


For  whom  is  this  Examen  suited?      129 

they  should  be  dispensed  from  those  exercises  of 
contemplation  and  union  with  God,  which  presuppose 
extraordinary  mortification  and  purity  ?  Granting 
all  this,  we  deny  its  applicability  to  the  Particular 
Examen.  For  this  exercise  is  of  such  a  nature  as  to 
make  no  great  demands  on  our  intellect  or  capacities. 
Its  sole  requirement  as  to  the  will  is  an  honest  desire 
of  progress.  See  the  i8th  and  iQth  Annotations  of 
St.  Ignatius. 

The  other  plea  for  exemption  is  taken  from  the 
subject-matter.  Some  there  are  who,  either  from 
natural  goodness  of  character,  or  from  the  failing  of 
occasions,  the  fervour  of  passing  devotion,  or  their 
former  earnestness  in  mortifying  themselves,  are  not 
conscious  of  any  uprising  of  passion  or  temptation 
which  gives  them  much  trouble,  so  that  they  find  not 
any  enemy  to  attack.  This  stratagem  is  big  with  the 
most  grievous  perils.  We  have  known  men  who  in 
their  novitiate,  and  the  years  immediately  following 
it,  might  have  been  likened  to  Angels,  but  who,  on 
being  exposed  to  occasions,  have  fallen  headlong  into 
anger,  envy,  ambition,  carnal  passions,  and  have  gone 
so  far  as  to  apostatize  from  Religion,  and  go  over  to 
the  enemy.  What  can  we  assign  as  the  cause  of  such 
a  disaster,  if  it  be  not  their  negligence  in  waging  war 
with  their  secret  passions,  which  as  we  heretofore 
observed,  conceal  themselves,  and  lurk  within  them, 
awaiting  their  opportunity  for  striking  a  fatal  blow. 

It  must,  therefore,  be  taken  as  certain,  that  whatever 

the  natural  goodness  of  character  may  be,  unless  it  be 

singularly  favoured  by  divine  grace  and  sustained  by 

mortification,  it  is  not  to  be  trusted.   For,  as  St.  Bernard 

J 


130      For  ivhom  is  this  Examen  suited? 

says,  "Whether  thou  like  it,  or  no,  the  Jebusite  dwells 
within  thy  borders,  nor  can  he  be  driven  forth,  but 
only  kept  under."*  In  other  words,  savage  beasts 
make  their  lair  in  an  honest  and  good  heart,  that 
seems  naturally  formed  for  virtue,  and  although  they 
slumber  awhile  as  if  they  were  dead,  yet  are  they  alive, 
and  will  show  it  when  occasion  serves.  Thus,  if 
another  has  better  success  in  his  studies,  the  stings 
of  envy  make  themselves  to  be  felt.  An  order  is  given 
which  is  not  so  agreeable,  the  will  kicks  against  it, 
and  we  feel  an  aversion  for  the  Superior,  as  if  he  were 
unkind  in  his  treatment  of  us.  Now  these  feelings, 
and  countless  others  of  the  same  kind,  if  not  worse, 
what  do  they  prove,  but  that  passions  as  yet  unsub 
dued  have  their  abode  within  us ;  so  that  Cassian  had 
the  greatest  reason  for  saying,  "Whatever  the  vices 
we  have  brought  with  us  into  solitude  without  having 
remedied  them,  they  will  be  found  to  lurk  within  us, 
instead  of  being  made  away.  For  if  solitude  can 
open  unto  such  as  have  amended  their  conduct  the 
way  to  the  loftiest  contemplation,  and  unfold  the 
knowledge  of  heavenly  mysteries  into  their  purified 
gaze,  so  is  it  wont  not  only  to  preserve,  but  to  increase 
the  vices  of  those  who  are  not  wholly  reformed.  One 
may  deem  himself  meek  and  humble  so  long  as  he 
is  separated  from  human  intercourse,  but  such  a  one 
will  soon  fall  back  into  his  former  state  when  any 
disturbance  chances  to  befall.  His  vices  then  forth 
with  raise  their  heads,  and  like  unbroken  horses  whom 
long  repose  has  rendered  unmanageable,  they  rush 
forth  from  their  lurking-places,  to  the  destruction  of 
*  Sermon  Iviii.  on  the  Canticles. 


For  whom  is  this  Examen  suited?      131 

their  driver.  For  our  vices,  unless  amended,  become 
more  violent  by  the  breaking  off  of  intercourse  with 
our  fellows.  That  shadow  of  patience  we  fancied 
ourselves  to  possess  while  mingling  with  our  brethren, 
and  which  we  maintained  out  of  respect  for  them, 
the  fear  of  disgrace,  is  lost  in  the  lull  of  a  deceitful 
security.  We  might  as  well  say  that  venomous  reptiles 
or  wild  beasts,  in  the  solitude  of  their  lairs,  are  harm 
less,  because  they  injure  no  one.  Their  harmlessness 
is  the  effect  of  solitude,  not  of  natural  goodness. 
Wherefore  the  absence  of  our  fellow-men  who  might 
provoke  us  to  anger  is  of  little  use  for  our  perfection, 
for  unless  we  have  not  already  trained  ourselves  to 
patience,  our  anger  will  burst  forth  at  inanimate 
objects  and  the  merest  trifles. "*  Cassian  thus  teaches, 
and  that  with  great  truth,  that  it  is  of  the  utmost 
importance  for  us  to  be  diligent  in  repressing  our 
secret  passions.  Unless  this  be  done,  although  we 
may  be  secured  against  temptations  from  without,  we 
cannot  promise  ourselves  any  safety.  Now  this  is 
just  what  is  most  effectually  done  by  means  of 
the  Particular  Examen. 

Some  may,  perhaps,  deem  their  passions  to  be 
already  sufficiently  mortified  in  their  inward  motions, 
and  that  they  may  on  that  account  dispense  with  this 
Kxamen.  But  let  them  hearken  to  St.  Bernard — • 
"Who  is  there  that  has  completely  cut  off  from 
himself  all  that  is  superfluous,  as  not  to  need  the 
pruning-knife  any  more  ?  Believe  me,  what  has  been 
pruned  down,  puts  forth  new  shoots ;  what  has  been 
put  to  flight,  returns ;  what  we  have  quenched,  kindles 
*  Of  the  Institute  of  Coenobites,  book  viii.,  chap.  xvii. 
J  2 


132      For  whom  is  this  Examen  suited? 

afresh ;  what  is  slumbering,  awakens  again.  It  avails 
little  to  have  pruned  once,  we  must  do  it  often ;  if 
possible,  always.  For  unless  you  delude  yourselves, 
you  will  never  find  matter  wanting  for  the  pruning- 
knife." 

Nothing  could  be  more  truly  said ;  and  granting 
there  are  no  vices  to  mow  down,  are  there  no  virtues 
to  be  gathered  in  and  fostered  ?  St.  Ignatius,  though 
he  attained  to  so  sublime  a  height  of  sanctity,  kept 
to  the  Particular  Examen,  as  to  the  trusty  helpmate 
and  most  efficacious  means  of  his  perfection,  till  his 
dying  day.  There  may  arise  a  question  as  to  the 
time  of  making  it.  If  we  consult  the  Constitutions, 
Rules,  and  the  Book  of  the  Exercises,  we  shall  ascer 
tain  two  points,  (i)  That  we  are  to  examine  our 
consciences  twice  a  day,  as  is  ordered  in  the  Institu 
tions.""  The  Fourth  General  Congregation  or  Chapter, 
in  its  sixth  canon,  decrees  that  the  times  of  these 
examens  per  day  is  to  be  strictly  kept  to.  This, 
also,  is  our  invariable  practice.  (2)  As  regards  the 
Particular  Examen,  St.  Ignatius,  as  we  have  seen, 
teaches  most  expressly,  that  it  is  to  be  made  at  noon 
and  in  the  evening.  Since,  then,  two  special  times 
are  appointed  for  the  general  and  Particular  Examen, 
it  is  most  advisable  to  make  both  together,  and  never 
to  omit  them,  even  though  we  may  be  necessitated, 
now  and  then,  by  our  occupations  to  change  the  usual 
hour. 

*  Part  iv.,  chap,  iv.,  sec.  3. 


APPENDIX. 


From  Father  Nepvetis  "Spirit  of  Christianity." 


DEFECTS  CONTRARY  TO  HUMILITY.* 

WE  cannot  know  well  the  nature  of  humility, 
without  knowing  the  defects  which  are  opposed 
to  it :  nor  can  we  acquire  this  virtue  except  by  labour 
ing  earnestly  to  remedy  those  defects,  which  ought  to 
be  the  subject  of  our  examinations  of  conscience. 
These  defects  are— 

First,  self-complacency  upon  our  good  qualities, 
whether  of  body  or  mind,  whether  natural  or  super 
natural;  also  an  excess  of  thought  concerning  our 
good  qualities,  and  a  lack  of  effort  to  prevent  the 
movements  of  vanity  that  spring  therefrom. 

Second,  speaking  too  easily  of  one's  self  and  of 
things  favourable  to  one's  self,  or  of  that  which  can 
give  occasion  to  others  to  notice  or  to  speak  of  us. 

Third,  to  prefer  one's  self  mentally  to  others, 
whether  for  virtue  or  for  talents,  and  to  consider 
voluntarily  their  defects  rather  than  their  good  quali 
ties;  also  to  act  in  a  contrary  manner  concerning 
ourselves. 

*  Treatise  ii. ,  ch.  vi. 


134  Appendix. 

Fourth,  to  feel  chagrined  at  hearing  others  praised, 
and  to  try  cunningly  to  hinder  their  being  so  highly 
esteemed. 

Fifth,  to  excuse  one's  self  always  when  blamed,  to 
refuse  to  recognize  one's  faults,  or  to  avow  that  one 
has  been  in  the  wrong. 

Sixth,  to  have  a  certain  air  of  self-sufficiency  and 
superiority  in  conversation,  and  a  contempt  for  others 
and  their  opinions,  also  to  wish  always  to  take  the 
lead. 

Seventh,  to  dispute  with  an  obstinate  attachment  to 
one's  own  opinion,  to  prefer  one's  opinion  always  to 
that  of  others,  persuading  one's  self  that  he  has  light 
on  the  matter  which  others  have  not. 

Eighth,  to  allow  one's  self  to  be  too  much  dazzled 
by  high  employments,  by  great  successes,  by  honours, 
by  reputation,  and  by  making  too  much  account  of  all 
these  things,  instead  of  regarding  them  with  fear  or 
pity  like  a  truly  humble  soul. 

Ninth,  to  feel  too  much  chagrined  when  our  enter 
prises  do  not  succeed,  even  those  undertaken  for  the 
glory  of  God  or  the  salvation  of  our  neighbour;  for 
this  often  proceeds  less  from  our  zeal  than  from  a 
secret  pride  which  makes  us  fear  that  the  lack  of 
success  may  draw  blame  or  contempt  upon  us. 

Tenth,  to  feel  bitterly  or  coldly  towards  persons 
who  appear  not  to  esteem  us  so  highly  as  we  think 
we  deserve ;  to  revenge  their  contempt  by  despising 
them,  or  giving  way  to  a  malignant  joy  when  others 
appear  to  despise  them  or  speak  disparagingly  of 
them. 

Eleventh,    to    speak    too    easily    or    without    real 


Appendix.  1 3  5 

necessity  of  •  the  defects  of  others,  from  a  feeling 
of  secret  jealousy  or  a  desire  that  we  may  be  pre 
ferred  to  them. 

Twelfth,  to  wish  that  others  should  know  and 
remark  our  good  qualities  and  good  works,  and  to 
do  them  with  the  view  of  meriting  thereby  their 
esteem  and  approbation. 

Thirteenth,  to  perform  more  willingly  works  of 
supererogation  than  of  obligation,  because  they  dis 
tinguish  us  and  flatter  our  vanity  and  satisfy  our 
self-love. 

Fourteenth,  to  do  more  willingly  a  good  work  which 
is  apparent  and  gives  fame  than  that  which  is  known 
to  God  alone ;  also  to  have  no  care  to  refer  all  that 
we  do  and  all  the  praises  our  actions  draw  upon  us, 
to  God,  instead  of  saying  with  the  Psalmist — '•'•Not 
to  us,  O  Lord,  not  to  us,  but  to  Thy  name  give 
glory.^ 

Fifteenth,  to  desire  perfection  and  all  virtues  and 
spiritual  gifts  more  for  love  of  our  own  excellence 
than  with  a  view  to  the  glory  of  God. 


DEFECTS  CONTRARY  TO  MEEKNESS.* 

First,  to  cherish  resentment  against  persons  whom 
we  believe  to  have  offended  us;  to  talk  of  them 
willingly  in  a  spirit  of  bitterness,  to  desire  to  revenge 
ourselves  upon  them,  and  to  seek  the  occasions  and 
the  means  thereof. 

*  Treatise  v.,  ch.  v. 


136  Appendix. 

Second,  to  abandon  one's  self  to  choler  concerning 
those  who  have  displeased  or  affronted  us. 

Third,  to  manifest  one's  resentment  either  by  offen 
sive  language,  or  by  violent  actions. 

Fourth,  to  blame  too  severely  those  whose  faults 
we  are  obliged  to  correct,  or  to  complain  too  sharply 
when  we  have  occasion  to  be  dissatisfied. 

Fifth,  to  look  on  the  faults  of  others  rather  with 
indignation  than  with  pity,  and  to  be  little  disposed 
either  to  accept  their  excuses  or  to  pardon  their  short 
comings. 

Sixth,  to  reprehend  the  failings  of  others  with  too 
much  warmth,  or  with  bitterness,  or  with  pride. 

Seventh,  to  punish  beyond  what  the  offender 
deserves  ;  for  meekness  would  always  make  the 
punishment  less  than  the  offence. 

Eighth,  to  sustain  our  opinions  with  too  much 
warmth  or  stubbornness,  and  with  contempt  of  those 
of  other  people. 

Ninth,  to  treat  others  uncivilly  or  with  bluntness  or 
haughtiness. 

Tenth,,  is  refuse  harshly  or  indifferently  those  things 
which  we  can  easily  grant. 

Eleventh,  to  fail  to  express  our  sorrow  when  we 
cannot  reasonably  accede  to  the  demands  of  others, 
and  to  soften  the  rigour  of  refusal  by  kindliness  of 
manner. 


Appendix.  137 


VARIOUS   ACTS   OF   CONTEMPT   OF   THE   WORLD."* 

Firstly,  we  must  have  an  interior  contempt  for  all 
external  show,  and  all  that  has  the  appearance  of 
grandeur,  as  being  opposed  to  the  state  of  Jesus 
Christ,  which  is  one  of  humility  and  self-annihilation. 

Secondly,  we  must,  on  the  contrary,  have  a  great 
esteem  and  respect  for  everything  like  poverty  and 
humiliation — for  poor  people  and  poor  dwellings,  &c., 
because  all  such  matters  are  more  in  harmony  with 
the  poor  and  humble  state  of  our  Blessed  Lord. 

Thirdly,  we  must  neither  seek  the  favour  nor  the 
friendship  of  the  great ;  we  must  be  more  willing  to 
converse  with  the  poor  than  the  rich,  and  to  labour 
for  their  salvation ;  because  there  is  less  danger  in 
labouring  for  the  humble  than  for  the  great;  and 
there  is  a  greater  profit  in  it,  and  more  ease  in 
approaching  them. 

Fourthly,  we  must  not  push  ourselves  into  affairs 
that  may  attract  especial  public  attention,  even  under 
the  pretext  of  zeal — unless,  perchance,  we  may  be 
urged  thereto  by  the  glory  of  God,  by  charity  or  by 
obedience. 

Fifthly,  when  we  are  obliged  to  take  part  in  such 
affairs,  we  must  endeavour  to  perform  the  most  painful 
and  least  honourable  portion  of  the  service ;  and  to 
act  so  that  the  success  of  the  enterprise  may  be 
attributed  to  others  rather  than  to  ourselves. 

Sixthly,  we  must  speak  as  little  as  possible  of 
ourselves,  never  speaking  to  our  own  advantage 

*  Treatise  vii.,  ch.  vi. 


138  Appendix. 

or  reporting  any  good  act  that  we  may  have  per 
formed —  except  we  are  compelled  to  do  so  by 
necessity,  or  by  considerations  for  the  edification  of 
our  neighbour. 

Seventhly,  we  must  never  do  good  before  men, 
neither  to  please  them,  nor  to  obtain  their  appro 
bation,  for  we  must  only  aim  at  pleasing  God. 

Eighthly,  we  must  take  care  not  to  make  much  of 
our  good  actions,  lest  we  should  vitiate  our  good 
intentions,  and  self-love,  caprice,  and  the  wish  to 
please  men  should  mix  themselves  up  in  our  best 
actions,  rendering  them  hateful  in  the  sight  of  God  : 
and  when  even  we  may  have  done  all  that  we  ought 
(and  who  would  dare  to  flatter  himself  that  he  had 
done  his  whole  duty?),  we  must  believe  ourselves, 
according  to  our  Lord's  counsels,  useless  servants. 

Ninthly,  we  must  always  be  more  willing  to  do 
good  secretly  than  openly. 

Tcnthly,  we  must  be  perfectly  content  with  the  few 
talents  that  God  has  given  us,  and  with  the  little 
success  that  may  attend  our  efforts — persuaded  that 
we  may  often  glorify  God  more  worthily  by  humbly 
accepting  our  abjection  than  by  obtaining  the  most 
splendid  successes,  which  might  make  us  vain  and 
proud. 

Eleventhly,  we  must,  as  far  as  possible,  avoid  the 
praise  of  men — we  must  fear  it  much,  and  receive  it 
with  pain  and  confusion,  bearing  in  mind  that  the 
applause  of  the  world  is  not  the  only  recompense  of 
our  good  actions,  and  taking  heed  lest  it  make  us 
lose  our  eternal  reward.  We  must  remember  that 
the  commendation  of  the  world,  if  we  seek  it  or  rest 


Appendix.  139 

contented  with  it,  only  draws  upon  us  the  condemna 
tion  of  God. 

Twelftfily,  when  God  favours  us  with  any  success, 
the  greater  it  is,  the  more  we  must  humiliate  ourselves 
before  God,  and  stand  abashed  to  think  that  God, 
to  manifest  His  power,  condescends  to  use  such  weak 
instruments  as  ourselves;  and  we  must  refer  all  the 
glory  to  God,  without  reserve,  remembering  the  word 
of  our  Lord  to  His  disciples — '•'•Rejoice  not  in  this  that 
spirits  are  subject  unto  you."  ~::'  We  must  not  rejoice  in 
the  success  obtained,  but  rather  in  the  hope  that  our 
names  are  written  in  Heaven. 

Thirtecnthly ,  when  we  are  humiliated  and  despised 
by  our  fellow-men,  so  far  ought  we  to  be  from  feeling 
afflicted  and  discouraged,  that  we  should  rejoice  in  it 
and  love  our  abject  condition,  because  we  may  be 
led  through  it  into  a  state  of  conformity  with  our 
humiliated  and  suffering  Saviour. 


VARIOUS   ACTS    OF   MORTIFICATION,  t 

I.  To  moderate  our  natural  activity  and  zeal,  even 
in  regard  to  our  best  undertakings. 

II.  To    relinquish    any   useless    project,    to    the 
execution   of  which  we  feel  strongly  inclined ;    and 
to  suspend  our  action,  in  case  of  a  good  and  useful 
one,  so  that  we  may  act  from  a  fixed  principle,  rather 
than  from  a  natural  enthusiasm. 

III.  To  deprive  ourselves  of  some  gratification,  or 

*  St.  Luke  x.  20.  +  Treatise  via.  ch.  vi. 


140  Appendix. 

of  the  satisfaction  of  curiosity  concerning  anything 
whatever,  after  the  example  of  St.  Francis  Borgia, 
who,  being  very  fond  of  hawking,  often,  from  a 
spirit  of  mortification,  deprived  himself  of  the  inno 
cent  pleasure  of  seeing  the  hawk  seize  his  prey,  by 
closing  his  eyes  at  the  moment ;  in  which  action 
he  imitated  David,  that  great  Saint  and  King,  who 
overcome  with  thirst,  mortified  himself,  and  made 
a  sacrifice  to  the  Lord  by  pouring  out  upon  the 
ground  the  water  which  had  been  obtained  for  him 
with  great  labour  and  danger. 

IV.  To  restrain  our  anxiety  to  hear  the  news,  and 
the  common  rumours  of  the  day,  particularly  if  they 
affect  the  good  name  of  our  neighbours. 

V.  To  guard  our  eyes  carefully,  never  allowing  them 
to  rest  upon  any  dangerous  or  impure  object. 

VI.  Not  to  indulge  in  raillery  in  conversation,  how 
ever  harmless   or  agreeable  it  may  be — particularly 
with  persons  with  whom  we  are  not  on  perfectly  good 
terms. 

VII.  To  withhold  at  times  a  witticism  which  might 
raise    our   own   reputation,   and   please   the   hearers, 
particularly   if  it   would   be   uncharitable,    or   might 
encourage  our  vanity. 

VIII.  To  behave  kindly  and  politely  towards  those 
whom  we  dislike,  or  who  have  used  us  ill  j  and  not  to 
avoid  meeting  them. 

IX.  To  avoid    making   complaints  to   persons    in 
whom  we  confide,  that  we  may  relieve  our  hearts  of 
their  burden. 

X.  Not  to  complain  of  our  food  when  it  is  not 
entirely  to  our  liking,  remembering  that   it  is  not, 


Appendix.  141 

after  all,  so  bad  as  the  gall  which  our  Blessed  Lord 
took  for  love  of  us  :  and  to  complain,  when  it  is 
unavoidably  necessary,  without  bitterness  or  anger. 

XI.  Not  to  seek    delicate  food,  not  to  eat  with 
avidity,   and    to   shun   all   sensuality   in  our  eating: 
mortifying  ourselves  always  in  something,  particularly 
in  food  that  may  be  hurtful  to  us. 

XII.  To  abstain  from  the  reading  of  all  dangerous 
books,  of  those  which  will  only  satisfy  a  vain  curiosity, 
and  especially  of  those  which  may  excite  the  passions. 

XIII.  To  abandon  entirely  all  dangerous  pleasures, 
and  to  moderate  those  that  are  innocent,  abstaining 
from  them  at  times  for  a  penance  and  mortification. 

XIV.  Never  to  seek,  and  sometimes  even  to  avoid 
agreeable  odours,  concerts  of  music,  and  all  that  can 
flatter  the  senses  and  enervate  the  heart. 

XV.  Never  to    occupy   ourselves   with   vain   and 
useless  thoughts,  although  they  may  be  harmless  in 
themselves;   and  to  endeavour  as  much  as  possible 
to  restrain  the  wanderings  of  our  imagination. 

XVI.  To  follow  with  fidelity  the  rule  of  life  pre 
scribed  by  our  director,  and  never  to  dispense  with 
the  observance  of  it,  from  our  own  inconstancy,  or 
from  weariness. 

XVII.  To  quit  whatever  we  may  be  engaged  in,  as 
soon  as  the  time  shall  come  for  our  religious  exercises; 
that  is,  when  we  can  do  so  without  wronging  any  other 
person,  or  behaving  uncharitably. 

XVIII.  To   moderate   our   solicitude    concerning 
ourselves,  and  our  extreme  sensibility  to  petty  ills, 
which  makes  us  complain  without  a  cause  and  like 
to  be  pitied. 


I42  Appendix. 

XIX.  Not  to  be  too  strongly  attached  to  anything 
that  gives  us  great  pleasure,  but  to  try  to  disengage 
our  mind  and  heart  from  it,  and  by  turning  towards 
God,  to  renounce  it  altogether. 

XX.  To  repress   our  propensity  to  talkativeness, 
to  speak  little,  and  that  without  haste  or  too  much 
warmth. 

XXI.  To  perform  certain  regular  penances,   and 
never  to  omit  them  without  good  reason  and  by  the 
advice  of  our  director. 

XXII.  Never    to    place   ourselves    in    immodest 
postures,  though  they  may  be  comfortable. 

XXIII.  Never  to  reprove  any  person  when  we  feel 
at  all  moved,  but  to  wait  till  we  are  perfectly  calm. 

XXIV.  To  keep  silence  in  our  trials,  and  not  to 
seek    for   consolations   with   too   much   anxiety  and 
earnestness. 

XXV.  Never  to  excuse  ourselves  unless  we   are 
obliged   to    by   considerations   of    obedience,  or   of 
charity,  or  of  edification  of  our  neighbour. 

Although  the  most  of  the  things  composing  this 
practice  of  self-denial  are  very  easy  and  light,  yet  it 
is  undeniably  true,  by  experience,  that  a  soul  which  is 
faithfully  exercised  in  it  will  surely  arrive  in  a  short 
time  at  a  high  state  of  perfection  :  because  this 
exercise  accustoms  a  person  by  degrees  to  overcome 
his  caprices  and  to  die  to  himself,  and  establishes  in 
the  heart,  upon  the  ruins  of  selfishness,  a  perfect  love 
of  God. 


Cahtioc  of  <t 


PtBUiHlfi    BY 


BURNS,   GATES,  &  CO., 

17  &  18,  PORTMAN  STREET, 

AND 

63,     PATERNOSTER     ROW. 


... 


BOOKS    LATELY    PUBLISHED 


BY    MESSRS. 


BURNS,  GATES,  &  CO., 

17  &  18,  Portman  Street,  and  63,  Paternoster  Eow. 


Memorials   of  those   who  Suffered  for   the 

Faith  in  Ireland  in  the  Sixteenth,  Seventeenth, 
and  Eighteenth  Centuries.  Collected  from  Au 
thentic  and  Original  Documents  by  MYLES 
O'REILLY,  B.A.,  LL.D.  8vo,  73.  6d. 

"A  very  valuable  compendium  of  the  martyrology  of  Ireland 
during  the  three,  or  rather  two,  centuries  of  active  Protestant  per 
secution.  The  language  of  many  of  these  original  records,  written 
often  by  a  friend  or  relative  of  the  martyr,  is  inexpressibly  touching, 
often  quite  heroic  in  its  tone." — Dublin  Review, 

"  Very  interesting  memories." — Month. 


Life  of  St.  Thomas  of  Canterbury.  By 
Mrs.  HOPE,  Author  of  "  The  Early  Martyrs " 
Cloth  extra,  43.  6d. 

A  valuable  addition  to  the  collection  of  historical 
books  for  Catholic  readers.  It  contains  a  large 
collection  of  interesting  facts,  gleaned  with  great 


BURNS,  OATESy  £f  CO  ,  17,  PORT  MAN  STREET,  W. 


CATALOGUE   OF  BOOKS.  3 


industry  from  the  various  existing  Lives  of  St.  Thomas, 
and  other  documents. 

"Compiled  with  great  care  from  the  best  authors." — Month. 

"  The  rich  covers  of  this  splendidly-bound  volume  do  not,  as  is 
often  the  case,  envelop  matter  unworthy  of  its  fair  exterior.  This 
is  a  volume  which  will  be  found  useful  as  a  present,  whether  in 
the  college  or  school,  for  either  sex." — Weekly  Register. 

"  An  agreeable  and  useful  volume." — Nation. 

"  A  more  complete  collection  of  incidents  and  anecdotes,  com 
bined  with  events  of  greater  weight,  could  not  be  compressed  into 
so  compact,  yet  perfectly  roomy,  a  space." — Tablet. 

By  the  same  Author. 
Life  of  St.   Philip   Neri.     New   Edition. 

2s.  6d. ;  cheap  edition,  2S. 


NARRATIVE   OF  MISSIONS. 

'The  Corean  Martyrs.     By  Canon   SHORT- 
LAND.     Cloth,  2S. 

A  narrative  of  Missions  and  Martyrdoms  too  little 
known  in  this  country. 

"  This  is  a  notice  of  the  martyrs  who  have  fallen  in  this  most 
interesting  mission,  and  of  the  history  of  its  rise  and  progress  up 
to  the  present  day." — Tablet. 

"  No  one  can  read  this  interesting  volume  without  the  most 
genuine  admiration  of,  and  sympathy  with,  such  zeal  and  con 
stancy." — Literary  Churchman. 

MISSIONARY  BIOGRAPHY. 

I.  Life  of  Henry  Dorie,  Martyr.     Trans 
lated  by  Lady  HERBERT,      is.  6d. ;  cloth,  zs. 

"  The  circulation  of  such  lives  as  this  of  Henry  Doric  will  do 
much  to  promote  a  spirit  of  zeal,  and  to  move  hearts  hitherto 


BURNS,  OATES,  &f  CO.,  63,  PATERNOSTER  ROW,  E.G. 


CATALOGUE   OF  BOOKS. 


stagnant  because  they  have  not  been  stirred  to  the  generous  deeds 
which  characterise  Catholic  virtues." — Tablet. 


2.  Ihiophane  Venard,  Martyr  in  lonquin. 

Edited  by  the  Same,     2s. ;  cloth  elegant,  33. 

"  The  life  of  this  martyr  is  not  so  much  a  biography  as  a  series 
of  letters  translated  by  Lady  Herbert,  in  which  the  life  of  Theo- 
phane  Venard  unfolds  itself  by  degrees,  and  in  the  most  natural 
and  interesting  way.  His  disposition  was  affectionate,  and  formed 
for  ardent  friendship ;  hence,  his  correspondence  is  full  of  warmth 
and  tenderness,  and  his  love  of  his  sister  in  particular  is  exemplary 
and  striking.  During  ten  years  he  laboured  under  Mgr.  Retord, 
in  the  western  district  of  Tonquin,  and  his  efforts  for  the  conver 
sion  of  souls  were  crowned  with  singular  success.  During  the 
episcopate  of  his  Bishop  no  less  than  40,000  souls  were  added  to 
the  flock  of  Christ,  and  Venard  was  peculiarly  instrumental  in 
gathering  in  this  harvest."  —  Northern  Press. 

"  We  cannot  take  leave  of  this  little  volume  without  an  acknow 
ledgment  to  Lady  Herbert  for  the  excellent  English  dress  in  which 
she  has  presented  it  to  the  British  public ;  certainly,  no  lives  are 
more  calculated  to  inspire  vocation  to  the  noble  work  of  the 
apostolic  life  than  those  of  Doric  and  Venard." — Tablet. 

3.  Life  of  Bishop    Brute.     Edited  by  the 

Same. 


The  Martyrdom  of  St.  Cecilia :  a  Drama. 
By  ALBANY  J.  CHRISTIE,  SJ.  With  a  Frontis 
piece  after  Molitor.  Elegant  cloth,  55. 

"Well-known  and  beautiful  drama." — Tablet. 

"  The  receipt  of  the  fourth  edition  of  this  beautiful  play  assures 
us  that  our  own  opinion  of  its  merits  has  been  shared  by  a  wide 
circle  of  the  Catholic  public.  The  binding  is  exquisite,  and  the 
picture  of  St.  Cecilia  is  a  work  of  art." — Weekly  Register 

£URNS,  OJ7ES,  &  CO.,  17,  PORTMAN  STREET,  W. 


CATALOGUE   OF  BOOKS. 

The  Life  of  M.  Olier,  Founder  of  the 
Seminary  of  St.  Sulpice;  with  Notices  of  his 
most  Eminent  Contemporaries.  By  EDWARD 
HEALY  THOMPSON,  M.A.  Cloth,  45. 

This  Biography  has  received  the  special  appro 
bation  of  the  Abbe  Faillon,  Author  of  "  La  Vie  de 
M.  Olier;"  and  of  the  Very  Reverend  Paul  Dubreul, 
D.D.,  Superior  of  the  Seminary  of  St.  Sulpice, 
Baltimore,  U.S. 

Edited  by  the  Same. 

The  Lift  of  St.  Charles  Borromeo.     Cloth, 

33.  6d. 

Also,  lately  published,  by  Mr.  THOMPSON. 
The  Hidden  Life  of  Jesus :  a  Lesson  and 

Model    to    Christians.       Translated    from    the 
French  of  BOUDON.     Clothes. 

"  This  profound  and  valuable  work  has  been  very  carefully  and 
ably  translated  by  Mr.  Thompson.  We  shall  be  glad  to  receive 
more  of  that  gentleman's  publications,  for  good  translation,  whe 
ther  from  the  French  or  any  other  language,  is  not  too  common 
amongst  us.  The  publication  is  got  up  with  the  taste  always 
displayed  by  the  firm  of  Burns,  Oates,  and  Co." — Register. 

"The  more  we  have  of  such  works  as  'The  Hidden  Life  of 
Jesus,'  the  better." — Westminster  Gazette. 

"  A  book  of  searching  power." — Church  Review. 

"We  have  often  regretted  that  this  writer's  works  are  not 
better  known." — Universe. 

"We  earnestly  recommend  its  study  and  practice  to  all  readers." 
—Tablet. 

"  We  have  to  thank  Mr.  Thompson  for  this  translation  of  a 
valuable  work  which  has  long  been  popular  in  France." — Dublin 
Review. 

"A  good  translation." — Month. 

EURNS,  OATES,  &  CO.,  63,  PATERNOSTER  ROff,  E.G. 


CATALOGUE   OF  BOOKS. 

Devotion  to  the  Nine  Choirs  of  Holy  Angels, 
and  especially  to  the  Angel  Guardians.  Trans 
lated  from  the  Same.  35. 

"  We  congratulate  Mr.  Thompson  on  the  way  in  which  he  has 
accomplished  his  task,  and  we  earnestly  hope  that  an  increased 
devotion  to  the  Holy  Angels  may  be  the  reward  of  his  labour  of 
love." — Tablet* 

"A  beautiful  translation." — The  Month, 

"The  translation  is  extremely  well  done." — Weekly  Register. 

Library  of  Religious  Biography.    Edited  by 

EDWARD  HEALY  THOMPSON. 
Vol.  I .  THE  LIFE  OF  ST.  ALOYSIUS  GONZAGA,  S.J.   55. 

"  We  gladly  hail  the  first  instalment  of  Mr.  Healy  Thompson's 
Library  of  Religious  Biography.  The  life  before  us  brings  out 
strongly  a  characteristic  of  the  Saint  which  is,  perhaps,  little  appre 
ciated  by  many  who  have  been  attracted  to  him  chiefly  by  the 
purity  and  early  holiness  which  have  made  him  the  chosen  patron 
of  the  young.  This  characteristic  is  his  intense  energy  of  will, 
which  reminds  us  of  another  Saint,  of  a  very  different  vocation  and 
destiny,  whom  he  is  said  to  have  resembled  also  in  personal  appear 
ance — the  great  St.  Charles  Borromeo." — Dublin  Review. 

"The  book  before  us  contains  numberless  traces  of  a  thought 
ful  and  tender  devotion  to  the  Saint.  It  shows  a  loving  pene 
tration  into  his  spirit,  and  an  appreciation  of  the  secret  motives 
of  his  action,  which  can  only  be  the  result  of  a  deeply  affectionate 
study  of  his  life  and  character." — Month. 

Vol.  2.  THE  LIFE  OF  MARIE  EUSTELLE  HARPAIN  ; 
or,  the  Angel  of  the  Eucharist.     55. 

"The  life  of  Marie  Eustelle  Harpain  possesses  a  special  value 
and  interest  apart  from  its  extraordinary  natural  and  supernatural 
beauty,  from  the  fact  that  to  her  example  and  to  the  effect  of  her 
writings  is  attributed  in  great  measure  the  wonderful  revival  of 
devotion  to  the  Blessed  Sacrament  in  France,  and  consequently 
throughout  Western  Christendom." — Dublin  Review. 

"A  more  complete  instance  of  that  life  of  purity  and  close 
union  with  God  in  the  world  of  which  we  have  just  been  speak- 

BURNS,  O^TES,  &  CO.,  17,  PORTMAN  STREET,  W. 


CATALOGUE   OF  BOOKS. 


ing  is  to  be  found  in  the  history  of  Marie  Eustelle  Harpain,  the 
sempstress  of  Saint-Pallais.  The  writer  of  the  present  volume 
has  had  the  advantage  of  very  copious  materials  in  the  French 
works  on  which  his  own  work  is  founded,  and  Mr.  Thompson  has 
discharged  his  office  as  editor  with  his  usual  diligence  and 
accuracy." — The  Month, 

Vol.  3.  THE  LIFE  OF  ST.  STANISLAS  KOSTKA.      53. 

"  We  strongly  recommend  this  biography  to  our  readers,  ear 
nestly  hoping  that  the  writer's  object  may  thereby  be  attained  in 
an  increase  of  affectionate  veneration  for  one  of  whom  Urban 
VIII.  exclaimed  that,  although  {  a  little  youth,'  he  was  indeed 
*  a  great  saint.'  " — tablet. 

"  There  has  been  no  adequate  biography  of  St.  Stanislas.  In 
rectifying  this  want,  Mr.  Thompson  has  earned  a  title  to  the 
gratitude  of  English-speaking  Catholics.  The  engaging  Saint  of 
Poland  will  now  be  better  known  among  us,  and  we  need  not  fear 
that,  better  known,  he  will  not  be  better  loved." — Weekly  Register. 

The  Life  of  S.  Teresa,  written  by  herself: 
a  new  Translation  from  the  last  Spanish  Edition. 
To  which  is  added  for  the  first  time  in  English 
THE  RELATIONS,  or  the  Manifestations  of  her 
Spiritual  State  which  the  Saint  submitted  to  her 
Confessors.  Translated  by  DAVID  LEWIS.  In 
a  handsome  volume,  8vo,  cloth,  los.  6d. 
"  The  work  is  incomparable ;  and  Mr.  Lewis's  rare  faithfulness 

and  felicity  as  a  translator  are  known  so  well,  that  no  word  of  ours 

can    be    necessary  to  make   the  volume  eagerly  looked    for." — 

Dublin  Review. 

"  We  have  in  this  grand  book  perhaps  the  most  copious  spiritual 

autobiography  of  a  Saint,  and   of  a  highly-favoured   Saint,  that 

exists." — Month. 

The  Life  of  Margaret:  Mary  Alacoque.     By 

the  Rev.  F.  TICKELL,  SJ.     8vo,  cloth,  75.  6d. 
"  It  is  long  since  we  have  had  such  a  pleasure  as  the  reading  of  Fa 
ther  Tickell's  book  has  afforded  us.  No  incident  of  her  holy  life  from 


BURNS,  OATES,  &  CO  ,  63,  PATERNOSTER  ROW,  E.G. 


8  CATALOGUE  OF  BOOKS. 

birth  to  death  seems  to  be  wanting,  and  the  volume  appropriately 
closes  with  an  account  of  her  beatification." — Weekly  Register. 

"It  is  one  of  those  high- class  spiritual  biographies  which  will 
be  best  appreciated  in  religious  communities."  —  Westminster 
Gazette. 

"  Of  Father  Tickell's  labours  we  can  say  with  pleasure  that  he 
has  given  us  a  real  biography,  in  which  the  Saint  is  everything,  and 
the  biographer  keeps  in  the  background." — Dublin  Re--uieiu. 

11  We  can  only  hope  that  the  life  may  carry  on,  as  it  is  worthy 
of  doing,  the  apostolate  begun  in  our  country  by  one  who  our 
Lord  desires  should  be  '  as  a  brother  to  His  servant,  sharing  equally 
in  these  spiritual  goods,  united  with  her  to  His  own  Heart  for 
ever.' " — Tablet. 

11  The  work  could  hardly  have  been  done  in  a  more  unpretend 
ing,  and  at  the  same  time  more  satisfactory,  manner  than  in  the 
volume  now  before  us." — Month. 

The  Day  Hours  of  the  Church,      Latin  and 
English.     Cloth,  is. 

Also,  separately, 

THE  OFFICES  OF  PRIME  AND  COMPLINE.     8d. 
THE  OFFICES  OF  TIERCE,  SEXT,  AND  NONE.      3d. 

"  Prime  and  Compline  are  the  morning  and  evening  prayers 
which  the  Church  has  drawn  up  for  her  children  ;  and,  for  our 
part,  we  can  wish  for  nothing  better.  We  know  not  where 
an  improvement  could  be  suggested,  and  therefore  we  see  not  why 
anything  should  have  been  substituted  for  them.  .  .  .  Why 
should  not  their  use  be  restored  ?  Why  should  they  not  become 
the  standard  devotions  of  all  Catholics,  whether  alone  or  in  their 
families  ?  Why  may  we  not  hope  to  have  them  more  solemnly 
performed — chanted  even  every  day  in  all  religious  communities  j 
or,  where  there  is  a  sufficient  number  of  persons,  even  in  family 
chapels  ? '' — Cardinal  Wneman. 

"  These  beautiful  little  books,  which  have  received  the  im 
primatur  of  his  Grace  the  Archbishop,  are  a  zealous  priest's 
answers  to  the  most  eminent  Cardinal's  questions — such  answers 
as  would  have  gladdened  his  heart  could  they  have  been  given 
when  first  demanded.  But  the  Cardinal  lives  in  his  successors 

BURNS,  OATES,  &  CO.,  17,  PORTMAN  STREET,  W. 


CATALOGUE   OF  BOOKS. 


and  what  he  so  greatly  desired  should  be  done  is  in  progress  of 
full  performance." — Tablet. 

"The  publication  of  these  Offices  is  another  proof  of  what  we 
have  before  alluded  to,  viz.,  the  increased  liturgical  taste  of  the 
present  day." — Catholic  Opinion 


POPULAR  DEMOTION. 

Now  ready. 
Devotions  for    the    Ecclesiastical    Seasons., 

consisting  of  Psalms,  Hymns,  Prayers,  &c.,  suited 
for  Evening  Services,  and  arranged  for  Singing. 
Cloth,  is.  Also  in  separate  Nos.  at  2d.  each,  for 
distribution,  as  follows  : — 


1.  Advent  and  Christmas. 

2.  Septuagesima  to  Easter. 

3.  Paschal  Time. 


4.  Whitsuntide. 

5.  Sundays  after  Pentecost. 

6.  Feasts  of  our  Lady. 


7.  Saints'  Days. 
Music  for  the  whole,  is.  6d. 

"A  valuable   addition    to    our  stock  of   popular  devotions." 
— Dublin  Review. 


Church  Music  and  Church  Choirs :  i .  The 
Music  to  be  Sung;  2.  The  proper  Singers; 
3.  The  Place  for  the  Choir.  2s. 

"  The  special  value  of  this  pamphlet,  and  the  seasonableness 
of  its  circulation,  lie  in  this  :  that  it  attempts  to  solve — and,  we 
believe,  does  really  solve — several  important  points  as  to  the 
proper  kinds  of  music  to  be  used  in  our  public  Offices,  and  more 
especially  at  High  Mass." — Tablet. 

"  We  earnestly  recommend  all  who  can  do  so  to  procure  and 
study  this  pamphlet." — Weekly  Register. 

"Masterly  and  exhaustive  articles." — Catholic  Opinion. 

BURNS,  OATES,  &  CO,  63,  PATERNOSTER  ROtr,  E.G. 


CATALOGUE   OF  BOOKS. 


Liturgical  Directions  for  Organists,  Singers, 
and  Composers.  Contains  the  Instructions  of  the 
Holy  See  on  the  proper  kind  of  Music  for  the 
Church,  from  the  Council  of  Trent  to  the  present 
time  ;  and  thus  furnishes  choirs  with  a  guide  for 
selection.  Fcp.  8vo,  6d. 


New  Meditations  for  each  Day  in  the  Tear 
on  the  Life  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ.  By  a 
Father  of  the  Society  of  Jesus.  With  the  im 
primatur  of  his  Grace  the  Archbishop  of  West 
minster.  Second  Edition.  Vols.  I.  and  II., 
price  43.  6d.  each ;  or  complete  in  two  vols.,  95. 

"  We  can  heartily  recommend  this  book  for  its  style  and  sub 
stance  j  it  bears  with  it  several  strong  recommendations.  .  .  . 
It  is  solid  and  practical  without  being  dreary  or  commonplace." 
Westminster  Gazette. 

"A  work  of  great  practical  utility,  and  we  give  it  our  earnest 
recommendation." — Weekly  Register. 


The  Day  Sanctified :  being  Meditations  and 

Spiritual  Readings  for  Daily  Use.  Selected  from 
the  Works  of  Saints  and  approved  writers  of  the 
Catholic  Church.  Fcp.,  cloth,  35.  6d. ;  red 
edges,  43. 

"  Of  the  many  volumes  of  meditation  on  sacred  subjects  which 
have  appeared  in  the  last  few  years,  none  has  seemed  to  us  so  well 
adapted  to  its  object  as  the  one  before  us." — Tablet. 

"  Deserves  to  be  specially  mentioned." — Month. 

"  Admirable  in  every  sense." — Church  Times. 

"Many  of  the  Meditations  are  of  great  beauty.  .  .  .They 
form,  in  fact,  excellent  little  sermons,  and  we  have  no  doubt  will 
be  largely  used  as  such." — Literary  Churchman. 

BURNS,  OATES,  &  CO.,   17,   PORTMAN  STREET,  W. 


CATALOGUE   OF  BOOKS.  n 

Our  Father:  Popular  Discourses  on  the 
Lord's  Prayer.  By  Dr.  EMANUEL  VEITH, 
Preacher  in  Ordinary  in  the  Cathedral  ol 
Vienna.  (Dr.  V.  is  one  of  the  most  eminent 
preachers  on  the  Continent.)  Cloth,  33.  6d. 

"  We  can  heartily  recommend  these  as  accurate,  devotional,  and 
practical." — Westminster  Gazette. 

"  We  are  happy  to  receive  and  look  over  once  more  this  beauti 
ful  work  on  the  Lord's  Prayer — most  profitable  reading." — Weekly 
Register. 

"  Most  excellent  manual." — Church  Rervie<w. 


Little  Book  of  the  Love  of  God.     By  Count 
STOLBERG.    With  Life  of  the  Author.    Cloth,  zs. 

"  An  admirable  little  treatise,  perfectly  adapted  to  our  language 
and  modes  of  thought." — Bishop  of  Birmingham. 


NEW  BOOK   FOR   HOLT  COMMUNION. 

Reflections  and  Prayers  for  Holy  Communion. 

Translated  from  the  French.  Uniform  with 
"  Imitation  of  the  Sacred  Heart."  With  Preface 
by  Archbishop  MANNING.  Fcp.  8vo,  cloth, 
45.  6d. ;  bound,  red  edges,  53. ;  calf,  8s. ; 
morocco,  95. 

"  The  Archbishop  has  marked  his  approval  of  the  work  by 
writing  a  preface  for  it,  and  describes  it  as  'a  valuable  addition 
to  our  books  of  devotion.'  We  may  mention  that  it  contains  '  two 
very  beautiful  methods  of  hearing  Mass,'  to  use  the  words  of  the 
Archbishop  in  the  Preface." — Register. 

"  A  book  rich  with  the  choicest  and  most  profound  Catholic 
devotions." — Church  Review. 

BURNS,  OATES,  Cf  CO.,  63,  PATERNOSTER  ROW,  E.G. 


12  CATALOGUE   OF  BOOKS. 

Holy  Confidence.    By  Father  ROGACCI,  of  the 
Society  of  Jesus.     One  vol.  i8mo,  cloth,  2s. 

"As  an  attack  on  the  great  enemy,  despair,  no  work  could  be 
more  effective  ;  while  it  adds  another  to  a  stock  of  books  of  devo 
tion  which  is  likely  to  be  much  prized." — Weekly  Register. 

"This  little  book,  addressed  to  those  *  who  strive  to  draw 
nearer  to  God  and  to  unite  themselves  more  closely  with  Him,' 
is  one  of  the  most  useful  and  comforting  that  we  have  read  for  a 
long  time.  We  earnestly  commend  this  little  book  to  all 
troubled  souls,  feeling  sure  that  they  will  find  in  it  abundant 
cause  for  joy  and  consolation." — Tablet. 


The  Invitation  Heeded:  Reasons  for  a 
Return  to  Catholic  Unity.  By  JAMES  KENT 
STONE,  late  President  of  Kenyon  College,  Gambier, 
Ohio,  and  of  Hobart  College.  Cloth,  53.  6d. 

"  A  very  important  contribution  to  our  polemical  literature, 
which  can  hardly  fail  to  be  a  standard  work  on  the  Anglican  con 
troversy." — Dr.  Brownson  in  the  New  York  Tablet. 

%*     Of  this  able  work  3000  have  already  been  sold  in  America. 


The   New    'Testament    Narrative,    in    the 

Words  of  the  Sacred  Writers.  With  Notes, 
Chronological  Tables,  and  Maps.  A  book  for 
those  who,  as  a  matter  of  education  or  of  devotion, 
wish  to  be  thoroughly  well  acquainted  with  the 
Life  of  our  Lord.  What  is  narrated  by  each  of 
His  Evangelists  is  woven  into  a  continuous  and 
chronological  narrative.  Thus  the  study  of  the 
Gospels  is  complete  and  yet  easy.  Cloth,  2s. 

"The  compilers  deserve  great  praise  for  the  manner  in  which 
they  have  performed  their  task.  We  commend  this  little  volume 
as  well  and  carefully  printed,  and  as  furnishing  its  readers,  more- 

BURNS,  OATES,  &  CO.,  17,  PORTMAN  STREET,  W. 


CATALOGUE   OF  BOOKS.  13 

over,  with   a  great  amount  of  useful  information  in  the  tables  in 
serted  at  the  end." — Month. 

"  It  is  at  once  clear,  complete,  and  beautiful." — Catholic  Opinion. 


Balmez :  Protestantism  and  Catholicism 
compared  in  their  Effects  upon  European  Civilisa 
tion.  Cloth,  73.  6d. 

*#*  A  new  edition  of  this  far-famed  Treatise. 

The  See  of  St.  Peter.     By  T.  W.  ALLIES. 

A   new  and  improved  edition,  with  Preface  on 
the  present  State  of  the  Controversy.     43.  6d. 


Lallemant's  'Doctrine  of  the  Spiritual  Life. 
Edited  by  Dr.  FABER.  New  Edition.  Cloth, 
43.  6d. 

11  This  excellent  work  has  a  twofold  value,  being  both  a  bio 
graphy  and  a  volume  of  meditations.  Father  Lallemant's  life 
does  not  abound  with  events,  but  its  interest  lies  chiefly  in  the 
fact  that  his  world  and  his  warfare  were  within.  His  '  Spiritual 
Doctrine'  contains  an  elaborate  analysis  of  the  wants,  dangers, 
trials,  and  aspirations  of  the  inner  man,  and  supplies  to  the 
thoughtful  and  devout  reader  the  most  valuable  instructions  for 
the  attainment  of  heavenly  wisdom,  grace,  and  strength." — 
Catholic  Times. 

"A  treatise  of  the  very  highest  value." — Month. 

"The  treatise  is  preceded  by  a  short  account  of  the  writer's 
life,  and  has  had  the  wonderful  advantage  of  being  edited  by  the 
late  Father  Faber." — Weekly  Register. 

"One  of  the  very  best  of  Messrs.  Burns  and  Co.'s  publications 
is  this  new  edition  of  F.  Lallemant's  '  Spiritual  Doctrine.'" — 
Westminster  Gazette. 

£URNS,  OJTES,  &  CO.,  63,  PATERNOSTER  ROW,  E.G. 


14  CATALOGUE   OF  BOOKS. 

The  Rivers  of  Damascus  and  Jordan :  a 
Causerie.  By  a  Tertiary  of  the  Order  of  St. 
Dominick.  43. 

"  Good  solid  reading." — Month. 

"Well  done,  and  in  a  truly  charitable  spirit." — Catholic  Opinion. 

"It  treats  the  subject  in  so  novel  and  forcible  a  light,  that  we 
are  fascinated  in  spite  of  ourselves,  and  irresistibly  led  on  to  follow 
its  arguments  and  rejoice  at  its  conclusions." — Tablet, 


Eudoxia :    a    Tale    of  the    Fifth    Century. 

From    the    German    of  IDA,  COUNTESS  HAHN- 
HAHN.     Cloth  elegant,  43. 

"This  charming  tale  may  be  classed  among  such  instructive  as 
well  as  entertaining  works  as  '  Fabiola  '  and  'Callista. '  It  adds 
another  laurel  to  the  brow  of  the  fair  Countess." — Weekly  Register. 

"Instructive  and  interesting  book." — Northern  Press. 

Tales  for  the  Many.  By  CYRIL  AUSTIN. 
In  Five  Numbers,  at  zd.  each;  also,  cloth,  is.; 
gilt  edges,  is.  6d. 

11  Calculated  to  do  good  in  our  lending-libraries." — Tablet. 

"  \Ve  wish  the  volume  all  the  success  it  deserves,  and  shall 
always  welcome  with  pleasure  any  effort  from  the  same  quarter." 
— Weekly  Register. 

"  One  of  the  most  delightful  books  which  Messrs.  Burns  and 
Oates  have  brought  out  to  charm  children  at  this  festive  season." 
— Catholic  Opinion. 

In  the  Snow ;  or,  Tales  of  Mount  St. 
Bernard.  By  the  Rev  Dr.  ANDERDON.  Cloth 
neat,  33.  6d. 

"A  collection  of  pretty  stories." — Star. 

"  An  excellent  book  for  a  present." — Universe. 

BURNS,  OATES,  &  CO.,  17,  PORTMAN  STREET,  W. 


CATALOGUE   OF  BOOKS,  15 


ff  A  capital  book  of  stories." — Catholic  Opinion. 

"An  agreeable  book." — Church  Review. 

"An  admirable  fireside  companion." — Nation. 

"  A  very  interesting  volume  of  tales." — Freeman. 

"  Several  successive  stories  are  related  by  different  people  as 
sembled  together,  and  thus  a  greater  scope  is  given  for  variety, 
not  only  of  the  matter,  but  also  the  tone  of  each  story,  according 
to  the  temper  and  position  of  the  narrators.  Beautifully  printed, 
tastefully  bound,  and  reflects  great  credit  on  the  publishers." 

"A  pleasing  contribution." — Month. 

"  A  charming  volume.  We  congratulate  Catholic  parents  and 
children  on  the  appearance  of  a  book  which  may  be  given  by  the 
former  with  advantage,  and  read  by  the  latter  with  pleasure  and 
edification." — Dublin  Review. 

By  the  same  Author. 

The  Seven  Ages  of  Clarewell :  A  History  of 
a  Spot  of  Ground.     Cloth,  35. 

"  We  have  an  attractive  work  from  the  pen  of  an  author  who 
knows  how  to  combine  a  pleasing  and  lively  style  with  the 
promotion  of  the  highest  principles  and  the  loftiest  aims.  The 
volume  before  us  is  beautifully  bound,  in  a  similar  way  to  '  In 
the  Snow,'  by  the  same  author,  and  is  therefore  very  suitable 
for  a  present." — Westminster  Gazette. 

"  A  pleasing  novelty  in  the  style  and  character  of  the  book, 
which  is  well  and  clearly  sustained  in  the  manner  it  is  carried 
out." — Northern  Press. 

"Each  stage  furnishes  the  material  for  a  dramatic  scene;  are 
very  well  hit  off,  and  the  whole  makes  up  a  graphic  picture." — 
Month. 

"  *  Clarewell '  will  give  not  only  an  hour  of  pleasant  reading, 
but  will,  from  the  nature  of  the  subject,  be  eminently  suggestive 
of  deep  and  important  truths." — Tablet. 


WORKS  BT  LADT  GEORGIAN  A  FULLERTON. 

Life  of  Mary   Fitzgerald,  a  Child  of  the 
Sacred  Heart.     Price  is.;  cloth  extra,  zs. 

BURNS,  OATES,  &  CO.,  63,  PATERNOSTER  ROW,  E.G. 


1 6  CATALOGUE   OF  BOOKS. 

WORKS  BY  LADT  GEORGIAN  A  FULLERTON  (continued). 

Rose  Leblanc.     A  Tale    of  great  interest. 

Cloth,  35. 

Grantley  Manor.    (The  well-known  and  fa 
vourite    Novel).      Cloth,    35. ;    cheap   edition, 

28.  6d. 

Life  of  St.  Frances  of  Rome.     Neat  cloth, 

zs.  6d.  ;  cheap  edition,  is.  8d. 
Edited  by  the  Same. 

Our  Lady's  Little  Books.     Neat  cloth,  2s. ; 
separate  Numbers,  4d.  each. 

Life  of  the  Honourable  E.  Dormer,  late  of 
the  6oth  Rifles,      is.  ;  cloth  extra,  zs. 

Helpers  of  the  Holy  Souls.     6d. 

Tales  from  the  Diary  of  a  Sister  of  Mercy. 
By  C.  M.  BRAME. 

CONTENTS  :  The  Double  Marriage — The  Cross  and 
the  Crown — The  Novice — The  Fatal  Accident — The 
Priest's  Death— The  Gambler's  Wife— The  Apostate 
— The  Besetting  Sin. 

Beautifully  bound  in  bevelled  cloth,  33.  6d. 

"  Written  in  a  chaste,  simple,  and  touching  style." — Tablet. 

"This  book  is  a  casket;  and  those  who  open  it  will  find  the 
gem  within." — Register. 

"  Calculated  to  promote  the  spread  of  virtue,  and  to  check  that 
of  vice;  and  cannot  fail  to  have  a  good  effect  upon  all — young 
and  old — into  whose  hands  it  may  fall." — Nation. 

"  A  neat  volume,  composed  of  agreeable  and  instructive  tales. 

BURNS,  OATES,  &  CO.,  17,  PORTMAN  STREET,  W. 


CATALOGUE    OF  BOOKS.  17 

Each  of  its  tales  concludes  with  a  moral,  which  supplies  food  for 
reflection. " — Westminster  Gazette, 

"  They  are  well  and  cleverly  told,  and  the  volume  is  neatly  got 
up." — Month. 

"  Very  well  told  j  all  full  of  religious  allusions  and  expressions." 
—Star. 

i(  Very  well  written,  and  life-like — many  very  pathetic."— 
Catholic  Opinion. 

"  An  excellent  work  ;  reminds  us  forcibly  of  Father  Price's 
'Sick  Calls,'"— Universe. 

"  A  very  interesting  series  of  tales." — Sun. 

By  the  Same, 

Angels'   Visits :  A   Series  of  Tales.     With 
Frontispiece  and  Vignette.     35.  6d. 

tl  The  tone  of  the  book  is  excellent,  and  it  will  certainly  make 
itself  a  great  favourite  with  the  young." — Month. 

11  Beautiful  collection  of  Angel  Stories.  All  who  may  wish  to 
give  any  dear  children  a  book  which  speaks  in  tones  suited  to  the 
sweet  simplicity  of  their  innocent  young  hearts  about  holy  things 
cannot  do  better  than  send  for  'Angels'  Visits.'" — Weekly 
Register. 

"  One  of  the  prettiest  books  forchildren  we  have  seen." — Tablet. 

"A  book  which  excites  more  than  ordinaiy  praise.  We  have 
great  satisfaction  in  recommending  to  parents  and  all  who  have 
the  charge  of  childrenthis  charming  volume." — Northern  Press. 

"  A  good  present  for  children.  An  improvement  on  the  'Diary 
of  a  Sister  of  Mercy.'  " — Universe. 

"Touchingly  written,  and  evidently  the  emanation  of  a  refined 
and  pious  mind."  —  Church  Times. 

u  A  charming  little  book,  full  of  beautiful  stories  of  the  family 
of  angels.'' — Church  Opinion. 

"  A  nicely-written  volume." — Bookseller. 

"  Gracefully-written  stories." — Star. 

Just  out,  ornamental  cloth,  55. 

Legends  of  Our  Lady  and  the  Saints:  or.  Our 
Children's  Book  of   Stories   in  Verse.     Written 

BURNS,  GATES,  &  CO.,  63,  PATERNOSTER  ROW,  E.G. 


1 8  CATALOGUE    OF  BOOKS. 

for  the  Recitations  of  the  Pupils  of  the  Schools  of 
the  Holy  Child  Jesus,  St.  Leonards-on-Sea. 
Cheap  Edition,  zs.  6d. 

"It  is  a  beautiful  religious  idea  that  is  realised  in  the  'Legends 
of  Our  Lady  and  the  Saints.'  We  are  bound  to  add  that  it  has 
been  successfully  carried  out  by  the  good  nuns  of  St.  Leonards. 
The  children  of  their  Schools  are  unusually  favoured  in  having  so 
much  genius  and  taste  exerted  for  their  instruction  and  delight. 
The  book  is  very  daintily  decorated  and  bound,  and  forms  a 
charming  present  for  pious  children." — Tablet. 

"  The  '  Legends '  are  so  beautiful,  that  they  ought  to  be  read  by 
all  lovers  of  poetry." — Bookseller. 

"  Graceful  poems." — Month. 


Edith    Sydney:    a    Tale    of  the    Catholic 

Movement.     By  Miss  OXENHAM.      55. 

"  A  novel  for  the  novel-reader,  and  at  the  same  time  it  is  a 
guide  to  the  convert  and  a  help  to  their  instructors." — Universe. 

11  Miss  Oxenham  shows  herself  to  be  a  fair  writer  of  a  contro 
versial  tale,  as  well  as  a  clever  delineator  of  character." — Tablet. 

"  A  charming  romance.  We  introduce  '  Edith  Sydney  '  to 
our  readers,  confident  that  she  will  be  a  safe  and  welcome  visitor 
in  many  a  domestic  circle,  and  will  attain  high  favour  with  the 
Catholic  reading  public." — Nation. 

"  Miss  Oxenham  seems  to  possess  considerable  powers  for  the 
delineation  of  character  and  incident." — Month. 


Not   Yet:    a   Tale  of  the   Present    Time. 

By  Miss  OXENHAM.      55. 

"The  lighter  order  of  Catholic  literature  receives  a  very  wel 
come  addition  in  this  story,  which  is  original  and  very  striking. 
The  author  is  mistress  of  a  style  which  is  light  and  pleasant. 
The  work  is  one  to  which  we  can  give  our  heartiest  commenda 
tion." — Cork  Examiner. 

"We  are  indebted  to  Miss  Oxenham  for  one  of  the  most  in- 

BURNS,  QATES^&  CO.,  17,  PORT  MAN  STREET,  W. 


CATALOGUE   OF  BOOKS.  19 

teresting    sensational    Catholic    tales   yet   published."  —  Catholic 
Opinion. 

"  Wholesome  and   pleasant  reading,   evincing   a  refined    and 
cultivated  understanding." — Union  Review, 

"MissOxenham's  work  would  rank  well  even  among  Mudie's 
novels,  although  its  one-volume  form  is  likely  to  be  unfavourable 
in  the  eyes  of  ordinary  novel-readers  j  but,  in  nine  cases  out  of 
ten,  a  novelette  is  more  effective  than  a  regular  novel,  and  any 
more  padding  would  have  merely  diluted  the  vivid  and  unflagging 
interest  which  the  authoress  of  '  Not  Vet '  has  imparted  to  her 
elegantly- bound  volume.  The  plot  is  as  original  as  a  plot  can 
be  ;  it  is  well  laid  and  carefully  and  ably  worked  out." — West 
minster  Gazette. 


Nellie  Netterville :  a  Tale  of  Ireland  in 
the  Time  of  Cromwell.  By  CECILIA  CADDELL, 
Author  of  "  Wild  Times."  53. ;  cheap  edition, 
33.  6d. 

"  A  very  interesting  story.  The  author's  style  is  pleasing,  pic 
turesque,  and  good,  and  we  recommend  our  readers  to  obtain  the 
book  for  themselves." — Church  Nevus. 

"  A  tale  well  told  and  of  great  interest." — Catholic  Opinion. 

"Pretty  pathetic  story — well  told." — Star. 

t(  Pretty  book-history  of  cruelties  inflicted  by  Protestant  domi 
nation  in  the  sister  country — full  of  stirring  and  affecting  pass 
ages." —  Church  Re-view. 

"  Tale  is  well  told,  and  many  of  the  incidents,  especially  the 
burning  of  the  chapel  with  the  priest  and  congregation  by  the 
Cromwellian  soldiers,  are  intensely  interesting." — Universe. 

"  By  a  writer  well  known,  whose  reputation  will  certainly  not 
suffer  by  her  new  production." — Month. 

Marie;  or,  the  Workwoman  of  Liege.  By 
CECILIA  CADDELL.  Cloth,  33.  6d. 

"This  is  another  of  those  valuable  works  like  that  of  '  Marie 
Eustelle  Harpain.'  Time  would  fail  us  were  we  to  enumerate 

BURNS,  OATES,  &  CO.,  63,  PATERNOSTER  ROW,  E.G. 


ao  CATALOGUE   OF  BOOKS. 

either  her  marvellous  acts  of  charity,  or  the  heroic  sufferings  she 
endured  for  the  sake  of  others,  or  the  wonderful  revelations  with 
which  her  faith  and  charity  were  rewarded." — Tablet. 

"The  author  of '  Wild  Times,'  and  other  favourite  works,  is 
to  be  congratulated  on  the  issue  of  a  volume  which  is  of  more 
service  than  any  book  of  fiction,  however  stirring.  It  is  a  beau 
tiful  work — beautiful  in  its  theme  and  in  its  execution." — Weekly 
Register. 

"  Miss  Caddell  has  given  us  a  very  interesting  biography  of 
'Marie  Sellier,  the  Workwoman  of  Liege,' known  in  the  iyth 
century  as  £  Sceur  Marie  Albert.'  Examples  such  as  that  so  grace 
fully  set  forth  in  this  volume  are  much  needed  among  us." — 
Month. 


"The  Countess  of  Gloss  wood:   a  Tale  of  the 
Times  of  the  Stuarts.    From  the  French.     35.  6d. 

"  The  tale  is  well  written,  and  the  translation  seems  cleverly 
done." — Month. 

"  This  volume  is  prettily  got  up,  and  we  can  strongly  recom 
mend  it  to  all  as  an  excellent  and  instructive  little  book  to  place 
in  the  hands  of  the  young." — Westminster  Gazette. 

"An  excellent  translation,  and  a  very  pretty  tale,  well  told." 
— Catholic  Opinion. 

"  This  is  a  pretty  tale  of  a  Puritan  conversion  in  the  time  of 
Charles  II.,  prettily  got  up,  and  a  pleasing  addition  to  our 
lending-libraries." — Tablet. 

"  This  tale  belongs  to  a  class  of  which  we  have  had  to  thank 
Messrs.  Burns  for  many  beautiful  specimens.  Such  books,  while 
they  are  delightful  reading  to  us  who  are  happily  Catholics,  have 
another  important  merit — they  set  forth  the  claims  of  Catholicism, 
and  must  do  a  vast  deal  of  good  among  Protestants  who  casually 
meet  with  and  peruse  them.  The  book  before  us  is  beautifully 
got  up,  and  would  be  an  ornament  to  any  table." — Weekly  Register. 


BURNS,  OATES,  &  CO.,  17,  PORTMAN  STREET, 


DE  LA  PALMA,  Luis.  BQT 

Particular  examen  of  conscience.  2216 

.D4.